6790 lines
283 KiB
Plaintext
6790 lines
283 KiB
Plaintext
|
.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man v1.37, Pod::Parser v1.14
|
||
|
|
.\"
|
||
|
|
.\" Standard preamble:
|
||
|
|
.\" ========================================================================
|
||
|
|
.de Sh \" Subsection heading
|
||
|
|
.br
|
||
|
|
.if t .Sp
|
||
|
|
.ne 5
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\fB\\$1\fR
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
..
|
||
|
|
.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
|
||
|
|
.if t .sp .5v
|
||
|
|
.if n .sp
|
||
|
|
..
|
||
|
|
.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
|
||
|
|
.ft CW
|
||
|
|
.nf
|
||
|
|
.ne \\$1
|
||
|
|
..
|
||
|
|
.de Ve \" End verbatim text
|
||
|
|
.ft R
|
||
|
|
.fi
|
||
|
|
..
|
||
|
|
.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
|
||
|
|
.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
|
||
|
|
.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. | will give a
|
||
|
|
.\" real vertical bar. \*(C+ will give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to
|
||
|
|
.\" do unbreakable dashes and therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C'
|
||
|
|
.\" expand to `' in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
|
||
|
|
.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr
|
||
|
|
.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
|
||
|
|
.ie n \{\
|
||
|
|
. ds -- \(*W-
|
||
|
|
. ds PI pi
|
||
|
|
. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
|
||
|
|
. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
|
||
|
|
. ds L" ""
|
||
|
|
. ds R" ""
|
||
|
|
. ds C` ""
|
||
|
|
. ds C' ""
|
||
|
|
'br\}
|
||
|
|
.el\{\
|
||
|
|
. ds -- \|\(em\|
|
||
|
|
. ds PI \(*p
|
||
|
|
. ds L" ``
|
||
|
|
. ds R" ''
|
||
|
|
'br\}
|
||
|
|
.\"
|
||
|
|
.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
|
||
|
|
.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.Sh), items (.Ip), and index
|
||
|
|
.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
|
||
|
|
.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
|
||
|
|
.if \nF \{\
|
||
|
|
. de IX
|
||
|
|
. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
|
||
|
|
..
|
||
|
|
. nr % 0
|
||
|
|
. rr F
|
||
|
|
.\}
|
||
|
|
.\"
|
||
|
|
.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
|
||
|
|
.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
|
||
|
|
.hy 0
|
||
|
|
.if n .na
|
||
|
|
.\"
|
||
|
|
.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
|
||
|
|
.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
|
||
|
|
. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
|
||
|
|
.if n \{\
|
||
|
|
. ds #H 0
|
||
|
|
. ds #V .8m
|
||
|
|
. ds #F .3m
|
||
|
|
. ds #[ \f1
|
||
|
|
. ds #] \fP
|
||
|
|
.\}
|
||
|
|
.if t \{\
|
||
|
|
. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
|
||
|
|
. ds #V .6m
|
||
|
|
. ds #F 0
|
||
|
|
. ds #[ \&
|
||
|
|
. ds #] \&
|
||
|
|
.\}
|
||
|
|
. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
|
||
|
|
.if n \{\
|
||
|
|
. ds ' \&
|
||
|
|
. ds ` \&
|
||
|
|
. ds ^ \&
|
||
|
|
. ds , \&
|
||
|
|
. ds ~ ~
|
||
|
|
. ds /
|
||
|
|
.\}
|
||
|
|
.if t \{\
|
||
|
|
. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
|
||
|
|
. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
|
||
|
|
. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
|
||
|
|
. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
|
||
|
|
. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
|
||
|
|
. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
|
||
|
|
.\}
|
||
|
|
. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
|
||
|
|
.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
|
||
|
|
.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
|
||
|
|
.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
|
||
|
|
.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
|
||
|
|
.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
|
||
|
|
.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
|
||
|
|
.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
|
||
|
|
.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
|
||
|
|
.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
|
||
|
|
. \" corrections for vroff
|
||
|
|
.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
|
||
|
|
.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
|
||
|
|
. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
|
||
|
|
.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
|
||
|
|
\{\
|
||
|
|
. ds : e
|
||
|
|
. ds 8 ss
|
||
|
|
. ds o a
|
||
|
|
. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
|
||
|
|
. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
|
||
|
|
. ds th \o'bp'
|
||
|
|
. ds Th \o'LP'
|
||
|
|
. ds ae ae
|
||
|
|
. ds Ae AE
|
||
|
|
.\}
|
||
|
|
.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
|
||
|
|
.\" ========================================================================
|
||
|
|
.\"
|
||
|
|
.IX Title "TW_CLI 8"
|
||
|
|
.TH TW_CLI 8 "2012-09-24" "Version " "3ware Storage Management CLI"
|
||
|
|
\&\fItw_cli\fR\|(8) \- 3ware Storage Controller Management Command Line Interface
|
||
|
|
(\s-1CLI\s0) manpage / \s-1HTML\s0 Help Document Version 3.1.
|
||
|
|
.SH "SYNOPSIS"
|
||
|
|
.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& tw_cli Interactive Mode
|
||
|
|
\& tw_cli -f file Process from a file
|
||
|
|
\& tw_cli command Process single command (batch mode)
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
|
||
|
|
.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
|
||
|
|
\&\fI\fItw_cli\fI\|(8)\fR is a Command Line Interface Storage Management Software for
|
||
|
|
3ware \s-1ATA\s0 \s-1RAID\s0 Controller(s). It provides controller, logical unit and drive
|
||
|
|
management. tw_cli can be used in both interactive and batch mode, providing
|
||
|
|
higher-level \s-1API\s0 (Application Programming Interface) functionalities.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The \s-1CLI\s0 prompt indicates the current object in focus, expressed in \s-1URI\s0 (Universal
|
||
|
|
Resource Identifier) syntax consisting of a hostname (\fI//hostname\fR), and an object
|
||
|
|
path (\fI/path/path/object\fR) such as \fI//elvis/c0/u0\fR. User can set the focus to a
|
||
|
|
particular object by \fIfocus \s-1URI\s0\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\s-1CLI\s0 also supports \fIcomments\fR. Command lines beginning with \fI#\fR denotes start
|
||
|
|
of comment. This feature is mostly useful with batch processing via \fI\-f script\fR
|
||
|
|
flag.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\s-1CLI\s0 uses the following terminology:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBLogical Units.\fR Usually shortened to \*(L"units\*(R", these are block devices presented
|
||
|
|
to the operating system. A logical unit can be a one\-tier, two\-tier, or three-tier
|
||
|
|
arrangement. Spare and Single logical units are examples of one-tier units.
|
||
|
|
\&\s-1RAID\-1\s0 and \s-1RAID\-5\s0 are examples of two-tier units and
|
||
|
|
as such will have sub\-units. \s-1RAID\-10\s0 and \s-1RAID\-50\s0 are examples of three-tier units
|
||
|
|
and as such will have sub\-sub\-units.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBPort.\fR 3ware controller models up to the 9650SE series have one or many ports
|
||
|
|
(typically 4, 8, 12, 16, or 24). Each port can be attached to a single disk drive.
|
||
|
|
On a controller such as the 9650SE with a multilane serial port connector, one
|
||
|
|
connector supports four ports. On the 9690SA and 9750 controllers, connections
|
||
|
|
are made with phys and vports (virtual ports).
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBPhy.\fR Phys are tranceivers that transmit and receive the serial data stream
|
||
|
|
that flows between the controller and the drives. The 9690SA controller
|
||
|
|
have 8 phys. These \*(L"controller phys\*(R" are associated with virtual ports (vports)
|
||
|
|
to establish up to 128 potential connections with the \s-1SAS\s0 or \s-1SATA\s0 drives. Each
|
||
|
|
controller phy can be connected to a single drive, or can be connected through
|
||
|
|
an expander to additional drives.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBVPort.\fR Connections from the 9690SA and 9750 controllers to drives are referred
|
||
|
|
to as \fIvirtual ports\fR, or vports. A vport indicates the \s-1ID\s0 of a drive, whether
|
||
|
|
it is directly connected to the controller, or cascaded through one of more
|
||
|
|
expanders. The vport, in essense, is a handle in the software to uniquely
|
||
|
|
identify a drive. The port \s-1ID\s0 or vport \s-1ID\s0 allows a drive to be consistently
|
||
|
|
identified, used and managed in a \s-1RAID\s0 unit. For dual-ported drives, although
|
||
|
|
there are two connections to a drive, the drive is still identified with one
|
||
|
|
vport handle. \fBNote:\fR With the controller summay via the command \*(L"show\*(R",
|
||
|
|
the number of (V)Ports shown may contain two times (2X) the number of drives
|
||
|
|
(suggesting the dual-ported drive type) even though the (V)Port column of
|
||
|
|
the summary to the command \*(L"/cx show\*(R" contains only the number of vports
|
||
|
|
corresponding to the number of drives. This is because the drive is
|
||
|
|
identified with only one vport handle.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fB\s-1NOTE:\s0\fR For all practical purposes, hereafter port and vport are used
|
||
|
|
interchangeably in reference to a drive (or disk). Therefore, unless otherwise
|
||
|
|
specified, the mention of port implies vport as well. That is, while \*(L"port\*(R"
|
||
|
|
is mentioned to denote a drive, it is implied that for the applicable controller
|
||
|
|
series, the reference also applies to vport.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\s-1CLI\s0 supports a set of primary command syntax and a set of legacy command syntax
|
||
|
|
that is the old or original command syntax. \fBNote:\fR The primary command syntax
|
||
|
|
replaces that legacy command syntax and as such support for legacy commands will
|
||
|
|
discontinue in the near future.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Please also note that some of the commands listed in this document are qualified
|
||
|
|
with restrictions of controller type/model support. For example, \*(L"9000 series\*(R" or
|
||
|
|
\&\*(L"9550SX and higher\*(R" may be next to a command. The following is a summary of the
|
||
|
|
controller qualified specifications.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Commands with:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 7
|
||
|
|
\& No specifications Could be used across all controller platforms. This includes
|
||
|
|
\& the 7000 and 8000 series controllers.
|
||
|
|
\& 9000 series Could be used in all controllers in the 9000 series. This
|
||
|
|
\& excludes the 7000 and 8000 series controllers, and includes
|
||
|
|
\& the 9550SX, 9590SE, 9650SE, 9690SA and 9750 controllers.
|
||
|
|
\& 9550SX and higher For controller models 9550SX, 9650SE, 9690SA and 9750.
|
||
|
|
\& 9650SE and higher For controller models 9650SE, 9690SA and 9750.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For the Mac system, while still true, the command qualifier is not meaningful
|
||
|
|
as all commmands are supported, provided the controller model is 9590SE or 9650SE
|
||
|
|
(or above).
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Here is a summary of the controllers and their associated support:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 19
|
||
|
|
\& Controller | Added Support
|
||
|
|
\& ----------------+-------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& 7000 / 8000 | JBOD
|
||
|
|
\& ----------------+-------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& 9500S | JBOD
|
||
|
|
\& ----------------+-------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& 9550SX | PCI-X 133
|
||
|
|
\& ----------------+-------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& 9590SE | bridge / PCI express
|
||
|
|
\& ----------------+-------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& 9650SE | PCI express, RAID 6, enclosure services,
|
||
|
|
\& | AMI 9071/2 chipset, CCU
|
||
|
|
\& ----------------+-------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& 9690SA | SAS, SES-2, enclosure services, No CCU,
|
||
|
|
\& | JBOD support in stealth mode
|
||
|
|
\& ----------------+-------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& 9750 | phy link capability of 6.0 Gpbs added
|
||
|
|
\& | for SAS drives
|
||
|
|
\& ----------------+-------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Please note that the support items are accumulative down the list, excepted where
|
||
|
|
noted. Also, \s-1CCU\s0 (Chassis Control Unit) refers to the \s-1JMR\s0 enclosure/Sidecar.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
This document organizes the \s-1CLI\s0 command set as different types of Object
|
||
|
|
Messages, and descriptions and examples are presented for each object message
|
||
|
|
or command. While some of the system features could be invoked with one
|
||
|
|
\&\*(L"set\*(R" command and correspondingly displayed with a \*(L"show\*(R" command and as such,
|
||
|
|
information regarding the feature may be self-contained within the description
|
||
|
|
of the set command, other features may require or involve a set of commands
|
||
|
|
that work together and may not be so straight\-forward. For these, the command
|
||
|
|
descriptions may present a fragmented view of the feature as a result. For
|
||
|
|
an encapsulated view of certain features and their relevant command set, please see
|
||
|
|
the \fBFeatures\fR section of this document.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
This document, therefore, may be used as a reference for individual commands
|
||
|
|
and also as a reference for supported features. For the former please see
|
||
|
|
the \fBPrimary Command Syntax\fR sections, and for the latter please see the
|
||
|
|
Features sections.
|
||
|
|
.SH "Primary Command Syntax"
|
||
|
|
.IX Header "Primary Command Syntax"
|
||
|
|
The primary command syntax will replace the legacy command syntax in the future
|
||
|
|
releases. The new and improved command format follows a general grammar in
|
||
|
|
the form:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& Object Message Attributes
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Objects can be shell commands or can specify a controller, logical unit,
|
||
|
|
port or vport (drive), or battery backup unit (bbu). Messages are commands
|
||
|
|
sent to the requested objects. It may be a read operation such as for the
|
||
|
|
command \*(L"show\*(R", or a write operation for the set, delete, add, stop, start,
|
||
|
|
or remove commands. Attributes specify the values to read or write.
|
||
|
|
Attributes are either \fIBoolean Attributes\fR or \fINamed Attributes\fR. Value of a Boolean
|
||
|
|
attribute is deduced by presence. Value of named attributes are
|
||
|
|
expressed in a \*(L"key = value\*(R" format.
|
||
|
|
.Sh "Shell Object Messages"
|
||
|
|
.IX Subsection "Shell Object Messages"
|
||
|
|
Shell Object Messages are commands (a.k.a. methods/messages) that are sent to
|
||
|
|
the Command Interpreter (a.k.a. Shell/CLI) itself.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fIshow\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "show"
|
||
|
|
This command shows a general summary of all detected controllers. Note that the
|
||
|
|
appropriate kernel device drivers should be loaded for the list to show all
|
||
|
|
controllers. The intention is to provide a global view of the environment.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Typical output looks like:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> show
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 4
|
||
|
|
\& Ctl Model Ports Drives Units NotOpt RRate VRate BBU
|
||
|
|
\& --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& c0 7500-12 12 8 3 1 2 - -
|
||
|
|
\& c1 9506S-12 12 6 1 0 3 5 TESTING
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The output indicates that \fIController 0\fR is a 7500 model with 12 Ports, with 8 Drives
|
||
|
|
detected (attached), total of 3 Units, with one unit in a NotOpt (Not Optimal) state,
|
||
|
|
a RRate(Rebuild Rate) of 2, VRate(Verify Rate) of '\-' (Not Applicable), \s-1BBU\s0 of '\-'
|
||
|
|
(Not Applicable). Not Optimal refers to any state except \s-1OK\s0 and \s-1VERIFYING\s0. Other
|
||
|
|
states include \s-1INITIALIZING\s0, \s-1INIT\-PAUSED\s0, \s-1REBUILDING\s0, \s-1REBUILD\-PAUSED\s0, \s-1DEGRADED\s0,
|
||
|
|
\&\s-1MIGRATING\s0, \s-1MIGRATE\-PAUSED\s0, \s-1RECOVERY\s0, \s-1INOPERABLE\s0, and \s-1UNKNOWN\s0.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For a system with an enclosure unit as an attached expander, and the appropriate
|
||
|
|
controller (9690SA), a global view of the environment includes summary
|
||
|
|
information about detected enclosures. As example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> show
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& Ctl Model (V)Ports Drives Units NotOpt RRate VRate BBU
|
||
|
|
\& ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& c0 G133e/Astor 12 4 1 0 1 1 -
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& Encl Slots Drives Fans TSUnits PSUnits
|
||
|
|
\& --------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/e0 4 2 1 1 1
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The enclosure summary information shows the name of the enclosure, and the
|
||
|
|
number of elements within each element type that is part of the system as
|
||
|
|
identified during discovery.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fBshow\fR \fIver\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "show ver"
|
||
|
|
This command will show the \s-1CLI\s0 and \s-1API\s0 version.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> show ver
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& CLI Version = 2.00.03.018
|
||
|
|
\& API Version = 2.01.00.004
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fBshow\fR \fIevents\fR [\fIreverse\fR]"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "show events [reverse]"
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.PD 0
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fBshow\fR \fIAENs\fR [\fIreverse\fR]"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "show AENs [reverse]"
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fBshow\fR \fIalarms\fR [\fIreverse\fR]"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "show alarms [reverse]"
|
||
|
|
.PD
|
||
|
|
This command shows the controller alarms or events, also known as \s-1AEN\s0
|
||
|
|
(Asynchronous Event Notification) messages, of all controllers in the
|
||
|
|
system. The default display shows the most recent alarm at the end or
|
||
|
|
bottom of the table. The \fIreverse\fR attribute reverses this order and
|
||
|
|
shows the most recent alarm at the top of the table. For more information
|
||
|
|
please see '\fI/cx show AENs\fR'.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fBshow\fR \fIdiag\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "show diag"
|
||
|
|
This command shows the diagnostic information of all controllers in the
|
||
|
|
system.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fBshow\fR \fIrebuild\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "show rebuild"
|
||
|
|
This command displays all rebuild schedules of all the 9000 controllers
|
||
|
|
in the system.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fBshow\fR \fIselftest\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "show selftest"
|
||
|
|
This command displays all self test schedules of all the 9000 controllers
|
||
|
|
in the system.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fBshow\fR \fIverify\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "show verify"
|
||
|
|
This command displays all verify schedules of all the 9000 controllers
|
||
|
|
in the system.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fBupdate\fR \fIfw=filename_with_path\fR [\fIforce\fR]"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "update fw=filename_with_path [force]"
|
||
|
|
This command iterates through all the controllers in the system and downloads
|
||
|
|
the specified firmware image to the architecturally compatible controllers.
|
||
|
|
Please refer to command \fI/cx update fw=filename_with_path [force]\fR for detail.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fBfocus\fR \fIObject\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "focus Object"
|
||
|
|
This command will set the specified object in focus. This command is active in
|
||
|
|
interactive mode only and is provided to reduce typing. Recall that messages (or
|
||
|
|
commands) are sent to objects such as
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //hostname/c0/u0 show
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Instead, if the focus is set to \fI//hostname/c0/u0\fR, the prompt is changed
|
||
|
|
automatically to reflect this and the user would only have to type \fIshow\fR.
|
||
|
|
The concept is similar to being in a particular location in a file system and
|
||
|
|
requesting a listing of the current directory.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fIobject\fR can have the following forms:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fI//hostname/cx/ux\fR specifies the fully qualified \s-1URI\s0 of an object on host
|
||
|
|
\&\fBhostname\fR, controller \fBcx\fR, unit \fBux\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fI//hostname\fR specifies root of host \fBhostname\fR. The hostname is the name of
|
||
|
|
the system where your 3ware \s-1RAID\s0 controllers are. With current releases, the
|
||
|
|
hostname here should be always your system's name.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fI..\fR specifies one level up (the parent object).
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fI/\fR specifies the root at the current focused host.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fI./obj\fR specifies the next level of the object.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fI/c0/bbu\fR specifies a relative path with respect to the current focused hostname.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> focus //elvis.3ware.com
|
||
|
|
\& //elvis.3ware.com>
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //elvis.3ware.com> focus /c0/u0
|
||
|
|
\& //elvis.3ware.com/c0/u0>
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //elvis.3ware.com/c0/u0> focus ..
|
||
|
|
\& //elvis.3ware.com/c0>
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //elvis.3ware.com/c0> focus ./u0
|
||
|
|
\& //elvis.3ware.com/c0/u0>
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //elvis.3ware.com/c0> focus /
|
||
|
|
\& //elvis.3ware.com>
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Note that \fIfocus\fR is available as default. You can also set \fITW_CLI_INPUT_STYLE=OLD\fR
|
||
|
|
in the following to disable the feature.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& If Bash, then "export TW_CLI_INPUT_STYLE=OLD"
|
||
|
|
\& If csh, then "setenv TW_CLI_INPUT_STYLE OLD"
|
||
|
|
\& If Windows, then "set TW_CLI_INPUT_STYLE=OLD"
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sh "Controller Object Messages"
|
||
|
|
.IX Subsection "Controller Object Messages"
|
||
|
|
Controller Object Messages are commands (a.k.a. methods/messages) that are sent to
|
||
|
|
an instance of a controller such as \fI/c0\fR.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show"
|
||
|
|
This command shows summary information on the specified controller \fI/cx\fR. This
|
||
|
|
report consists of two to three parts: the \fBUnit Summary\fR that lists all units
|
||
|
|
present, the \fBPort Summary\fR that lists the ports and disks attached to them,
|
||
|
|
and if a \s-1BBU\s0 unit is installed, the \fB\s-1BBU\s0 Summary\fR that shows information on
|
||
|
|
the \s-1BBU\s0.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The \fBUnit Summary\fR section lists the units present with the unit number,
|
||
|
|
unit type (such \s-1RAID\s0 5), and unit status (such as \s-1OK\s0, \s-1VERIFYING\s0, \s-1INITIALIZING\s0,
|
||
|
|
etc.). The \fB%RCompl\fR reports the percent completion of the unit's Rebuild, if
|
||
|
|
this task is in progress. The \fB%V/I/M\fR reports the percent completion of the
|
||
|
|
unit's Verify, Initialize, or Migrate, if one of these are in progress. The
|
||
|
|
stripe size, the usable capacity in gigabytes, the cache setting, and the
|
||
|
|
autoverify setting are also listed.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote\fR: If a \*(L"*\*(R" appears at the end of the status, there is an error on one of
|
||
|
|
the drives in the unit. Rescanning the controller will clear the error status
|
||
|
|
if the condition no longer exists.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For controller models up to the 9550SX and 9650SE with Release 9.5.1 or
|
||
|
|
earlier, the \fBPort Summary\fR section lists all present ports and for each port,
|
||
|
|
the port number, drive status, unit affiliation, drive size (in blocks of 512
|
||
|
|
bytes), and the disk vendor assigned serial number are reported.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For the 9750, 9690SA and 9650SE controller with Release 9.5.2 or later,
|
||
|
|
this section lists the ports or virtual ports present and for each port, the port
|
||
|
|
or virtual port (VPort) number, drive status, unit affiliation, drive type,
|
||
|
|
phy number (if direct attached), the enclosure and slot (if expander attached),
|
||
|
|
and model number of the drive are reported.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote\fR: Unlike the 9550SX or older display, if a drive is not present, instead
|
||
|
|
of showing the port with the status NOT-PRESENT with dashes ('\-') across the
|
||
|
|
columns in the summary table, for the 9750, 9690SA and 9650SE with Release 9.5.2
|
||
|
|
or later, that port entry is not listed. Thus, unlike the older display, the
|
||
|
|
port numbers in this list may not be sequential. Moreover, if there are no
|
||
|
|
drives present at all for the specified controller, the output of its Port
|
||
|
|
Summary would show an empty summary consisting of only the header.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The \fB\s-1BBU\s0 Summary\fR section lists the online state, readiness, and status of
|
||
|
|
the \s-1BBU\s0 unit, along with the voltage, temperature, charge capacity expressed
|
||
|
|
as time remaining in hours, and the \s-1BBU\s0's last test date.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Additional attributes about controllers, units, ports and disks can be obtained
|
||
|
|
by querying for them directly. See other show sub-commands below.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Here is the typical output for controller models up to 9550SX and 9650SE with
|
||
|
|
Release 9.5.1 or earlier:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c2 show
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 6
|
||
|
|
\& Unit UnitType Status %RCmpl %V/I/M Stripe Size(GB) Cache AVrfy
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& u0 RAID-5 OK - - 64K 596.004 ON OFF
|
||
|
|
\& u1 RAID-0 OK - - 64K 298.002 ON OFF
|
||
|
|
\& u2 SPARE OK - - - 149.042 - OFF
|
||
|
|
\& u3 RAID-1 OK - - - 149.001 ON OFF
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 14
|
||
|
|
\& Port Status Unit Size Blocks Serial
|
||
|
|
\& ---------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& p0 OK u0 149.05 GB 312581808 WD-WCANM1771318
|
||
|
|
\& p1 OK u0 149.05 GB 312581808 WD-WCANM1757592
|
||
|
|
\& p2 OK u0 149.05 GB 312581808 WD-WCANM1782201
|
||
|
|
\& p3 OK u0 149.05 GB 312581808 WD-WCANM1753998
|
||
|
|
\& p4 OK u2 149.05 GB 312581808 WD-WCANM1766952
|
||
|
|
\& p5 OK u3 149.05 GB 312581808 WD-WCANM1882472
|
||
|
|
\& p6 OK u0 149.05 GB 312581808 WD-WCANM1883862
|
||
|
|
\& p7 OK u3 149.05 GB 312581808 WD-WCANM1778008
|
||
|
|
\& p8 OK - 149.05 GB 312581808 WD-WCANM1770998
|
||
|
|
\& p9 NOT-PRESENT - - - -
|
||
|
|
\& p10 OK u1 149.05 GB 312581808 WD-WCANM1869003
|
||
|
|
\& p11 OK u1 149.05 GB 312581808 WD-WCANM1762464
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& Name OnlineState BBUReady Status Volt Temp Hours LastCapTest
|
||
|
|
\& ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& bbu On Yes OK OK OK 241 22-Jun-2004
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Here is the typical output for the 9750, 9690SA and 9650SE controller with
|
||
|
|
Release 9.5.2 or later:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 4
|
||
|
|
\& Unit UnitType Status %RCmpl %V/I/M Stripe Size(GB) Cache AVrfy
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& u0 SPARE OK - - - 149.042 - OFF
|
||
|
|
\& u1 JBOD OK - - - 149.051 OFF OFF
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 6
|
||
|
|
\& VPort Status Unit Size Type Phy Encl-Slot Model
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& p0 OK - 149.05 GB SATA 3 - WDC WD1600JS-22NCB1
|
||
|
|
\& p1 OK u0 149.05 GB SATA 0 - WDC WD1600JS-22NCB1
|
||
|
|
\& p2 OK u1 149.05 GB SATA 2 - WDC WD1600JS-22NCB1
|
||
|
|
\& p3 OK - 34.18 GB SAS 6 - SEAGATE ST936701SS
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR The 'Cache' column in the unit summary differ between the older (up to
|
||
|
|
9550SX and 9650SE with Release 9.5.1 or earlier) and newer (9750, 9690SA and
|
||
|
|
9650SE with Release 9.5.2 or later) controllers. In the unit summary of the
|
||
|
|
\&\*(L"older\*(R" controllers, this column shows the state (\s-1ON\s0 or \s-1OFF\s0) of the write cache
|
||
|
|
only. For the \*(L"newer\*(R" controllers, the 'Cache' column displays the settings of
|
||
|
|
both the read cache and the write cache. For example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 5
|
||
|
|
\& Unit UnitType Status %RCmpl %V/I/M Stripe Size(GB) Cache AVrfy
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& u0 RAID-5 OK - - 64K 596.004 W OFF
|
||
|
|
\& u1 RAID-0 OK - - 64K 298.002 RiW OFF
|
||
|
|
\& u2 SPARE OK - - - 149.042 - OFF
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
In the above example, W denotes that the write cache is enabled, and RiW denotes
|
||
|
|
that Read Cache Intelligent and the Write Cache are both enabled. If \s-1OFF\s0 is
|
||
|
|
shown then all caches are disabled.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Below is a summary of the possible settings in that column:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 6
|
||
|
|
\& W - only the write cache is enabled
|
||
|
|
\& Rb - only read cache Basic is enabled
|
||
|
|
\& Ri - only read cache Intelligent is enabled
|
||
|
|
\& RbW - read cache Basic and write cache are both enabled
|
||
|
|
\& RiW - read cache Intelligent and write cache are both enabled
|
||
|
|
\& OFF - all read and write caches are disabled
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR If read cache Intelligent is enabled, the features in the Basic mode
|
||
|
|
are also enabled.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR Attribute Attribute ..."
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show Attribute Attribute ..."
|
||
|
|
This command shows the current setting of the given \fIattribute(s)\fR. One or
|
||
|
|
many attributes can be requested. An invalid attribute will terminate the loop.
|
||
|
|
Possible attributes are: achip, allunitstatus, autocarve (9550SX and higher),
|
||
|
|
autorebuild (9550SX and higher), bios, carvesize (9550SX and higher), driver,
|
||
|
|
drivestatus, firmware, memory, model, monitor, numdrives, numports, numunits,
|
||
|
|
ctlbus (9550SX and higher), ondegrade (9500S only), pcb, pchip, serial, spinup,
|
||
|
|
stagger, and unitstatus.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIdriver\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show driver"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the device driver version associated with controller
|
||
|
|
\&\fI/cx\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0 show driver
|
||
|
|
\& /c0 Driver Version = 1.02.00.036
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fImodel\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show model"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the controller model of controller \fI/cx\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0 show model
|
||
|
|
\& /c0 Model = 7500-12
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIfirmware\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show firmware"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the firmware version of controller \fI/cx\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0 show firmware
|
||
|
|
\& /c0 Firmware Version = FE9X 3.03.06.X03
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIbios\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show bios"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the \s-1BIOS\s0 version of controller \fI/cx\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0 show bios
|
||
|
|
\& /c0 BIOS Version = BG9X 2.01.00.026
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fImonitor\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show monitor"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the monitor (firmware boot\-loader) version of
|
||
|
|
controller \fI/cx\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0 show monitor
|
||
|
|
\& /c0 Monitor Version = BLDR 1.00.00.008
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIserial\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show serial"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the serial number of the specified controller \fI/cx\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0 show serial
|
||
|
|
\& /c0 Serial Number = F12705A3240009
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIpcb\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show pcb"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the \s-1PCB\s0 (Printed Circuit Board) revision of the specified
|
||
|
|
controller \fI/cx\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0 show pcb
|
||
|
|
\& /c0 PCB Version = Rev3
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIpchip\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show pchip"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the \s-1PCHIP\s0 (\s-1PCI\s0 Interface Chip) version of the specified
|
||
|
|
controller \fI/cx\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0 show pchip
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& /c0 PCHIP Version = 1.30-33
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIachip\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show achip"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the \s-1ACHIP\s0 (\s-1ATA\s0 Interface Chip) version of the specified
|
||
|
|
controller \fI/cx\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0 show achip
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& /c0 ACHIP Version = 3.20
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fInumports\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show numports"
|
||
|
|
For controller models earlier than the 9690SA, this command reports the port
|
||
|
|
capacity (number of physical ports) of the specified controller \fI/cx\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0 show numports
|
||
|
|
\& /c0 Number of Ports = 12
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For the 9750 and 9690SA controllers, this command reports the connections
|
||
|
|
and connection capacity of the specified controller \fI/cx\fR. Connections
|
||
|
|
consist of vports and phys.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c3 show numports
|
||
|
|
\& /c3 Connections = 4 of 128
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fInumunits\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show numunits"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the number of units currently managed by the specified
|
||
|
|
controller \fI/cx\fR. This report does not include off-line units (or removed units).
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0 show numunits
|
||
|
|
\& /c0 Number of Units = 1
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fInumdrives\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show numdrives"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the number of drives currently managed by the specified
|
||
|
|
controller \fI/cx\fR. This report does not include (logically) removed/exported
|
||
|
|
drives. Also note that physically removed disk(s) will not be detected unless
|
||
|
|
I/O is performed against the disk. See \fB/cx/px show smart\fR for a workaround.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0 show numdrives
|
||
|
|
\& /c0 Number of Drives = 5
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIspinup\fR (9000 series)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show spinup (9000 series)"
|
||
|
|
This command presents the number of concurrent disks spin up at the power on.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0 show spinup
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& /c0 Disk Spinup Policy = 1
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIondegrade\fR (9500S only)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show ondegrade (9500S only)"
|
||
|
|
This command presents the write cache policy for degraded units. If the ondegrade
|
||
|
|
policy is \fBFollow Unit Policy\fR, a unit write cache policy stays the same when the
|
||
|
|
unit becomes degraded. If the ondegrade policy is \fBoff\fR, a unit cache policy
|
||
|
|
will force to be off when the unit becomes degraded.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0 show ondegrade
|
||
|
|
\& /c0 Cache on Degraded Policy = Follow Unit Policy
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIstagger\fR (9000 series)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show stagger (9000 series)"
|
||
|
|
This command presents the time delay between each group of spinups at the power on.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0 show stagger
|
||
|
|
\& /c0 Spinup Stagger Time Policy (sec) = 2
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
See also:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set stagger=nn
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set spinup=nn
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show spinup
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIautocarve\fR (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show autocarve (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
This command shows the Auto-Carving policy. If the policy is on, all
|
||
|
|
newly created or migrated units larger than carvesize will be automatically
|
||
|
|
carved into multiples of carvesize volumes and 1 remainder volume.
|
||
|
|
Each volume can be treated as an individual disk with its own file system.
|
||
|
|
The default carvesize is 2 \s-1TB\s0.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
This feature is useful for operating systems limited to 2 \s-1TB\s0 filesystems.
|
||
|
|
For 64\-bit \s-1OS\s0 users, there is no need to set the policy to be \*(L"on\*(R"
|
||
|
|
unless users want to have multiple smaller volumes to the \s-1OS\s0.
|
||
|
|
For 32\-bit \s-1OS\s0 users, it is recommended to keep the policy on unless users
|
||
|
|
know their \s-1OS\s0 supports more than 2 \s-1TB\s0 disk devices.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
When autocarve policy is off, all the new unit creation consists of one
|
||
|
|
single volume.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0 show autocarve
|
||
|
|
\& /c0 Auto-Carving Policy = on
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
See also:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set autocarve=<on|off>
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set carvesize=<1024..32768>
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show carvesize`
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIcarvesize\fR (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show carvesize (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
This command shows the carvesize that Auto-Carving policy needs. The
|
||
|
|
carve size is between 1024 to 32768 \s-1GB\s0 (i.e., 1TB\-32TB). Default carvesize
|
||
|
|
is 2048 \s-1GB\s0 (i.e., 2TB). See "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIautocarve\fR" command above
|
||
|
|
for details.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0 show carvesize
|
||
|
|
\& /c0 Auto-Carving Size = 2000 GB
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fImemory\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show memory"
|
||
|
|
This command presents the size of the memory installed on the controller.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0 show memory
|
||
|
|
\& /c0 Available Memory = 112MB
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIctlbus\fR (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show ctlbus (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
This command presents the controller host bus type, bus speed and bus width.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0 show ctlbus
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& /c0 Controller Bus Type = PCIX
|
||
|
|
\& /c0 Controller Bus Width = 64 bits
|
||
|
|
\& /c0 Controller Bus Speed = 133 Mhz
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIautorebuild\fR (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show autorebuild (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
This command shows the Auto-Rebuild policy of the specified controller. If there
|
||
|
|
is a degraded unit and the policy is set to \s-1ON\s0, the controller firmware will choose
|
||
|
|
drives in the following order of priority, for a drive candidate to perform the
|
||
|
|
rebuild operation:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
1. Smallest usable capacity spare.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
2. Smallest usable unconfigured drive.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
3. Smallest usable capacity failed drive.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
If the policy is set to \s-1OFF\s0, spare drives are the only candidates for an
|
||
|
|
automatic rebuild operation.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0 show autorebuild
|
||
|
|
\& /c0 Auto-Rebuild Policy = on
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
See also:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set autorebuild=<on|off>
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIdpmstat\fR [type=inst|ra] (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show dpmstat [type=inst|ra] (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.PD 0
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIdpmstat\fR [type=inst|ra|ext] (9650SE and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show dpmstat [type=inst|ra|ext] (9650SE and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.PD
|
||
|
|
This command, without specifying the type option, shows the configuration and
|
||
|
|
setting of the Drive Performance Monitor. Display will also show the default
|
||
|
|
set of drive statistics of type Instantaneous.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The optional 'type' in the command specifies which statistics would be
|
||
|
|
displayed. The options are either: \fBinst\fR for Instantaneous, \fBra\fR for
|
||
|
|
Running Average, and \fBext\fR for Extended Drive Statistics. More detailed
|
||
|
|
information regarding these statistics and the Drive Performance Monitor is
|
||
|
|
available in the Features section under 'Drive Performance Monitor'.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 7
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0 show dpmstat
|
||
|
|
\& Drive Performance Monitor Configuration for /c0 ...
|
||
|
|
\& Performance Monitor: ON
|
||
|
|
\& Version: 1
|
||
|
|
\& Max commands for averaging: 100
|
||
|
|
\& Max latency commands to save: 10
|
||
|
|
\& Requested data: Instantaneous Drive Statistics
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 11
|
||
|
|
\& Queue Xfer Resp
|
||
|
|
\& Port Status Unit Depth IOPs Rate(MB/s) Time(ms)
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& p0 NOT-PRESENT - - - - -
|
||
|
|
\& p1 NOT-PRESENT - - - - -
|
||
|
|
\& p2 OK - - - - -
|
||
|
|
\& p3 OK u0 10 93 2.907 85
|
||
|
|
\& p4 OK u1 10 84 2.640 95
|
||
|
|
\& p5 OK - - - - -
|
||
|
|
\& p6 NOT-PRESENT - - - - -
|
||
|
|
\& p7 NOT-PRESENT - - - - -
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Please note that as a controller level command, the output provides summary
|
||
|
|
information of the set of drives in the controller, as opposed to the
|
||
|
|
corresponding port-level command with the same options, that displays
|
||
|
|
correspondingly the same statistics but for the specified port only.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Also, for examples of other statistic data types, please see the 'Features'
|
||
|
|
section.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIunitstatus\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show unitstatus"
|
||
|
|
This command presents a list of units, their types, capacity and status
|
||
|
|
currently managed by the specified controller \fI/cx\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c2 show unitstatus
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 6
|
||
|
|
\& Unit UnitType Status %RCmpl %V/I/M Stripe Size(GB) Cache AVrfy
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& u0 RAID-5 OK - - 64K 596.004 ON OFF
|
||
|
|
\& u1 RAID-0 OK - - 64K 298.002 ON OFF
|
||
|
|
\& u2 SPARE OK - - - 149.042 - OFF
|
||
|
|
\& u3 RAID-1 OK - - - 149.001 ON OFF
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIallunitstatus\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show allunitstatus"
|
||
|
|
This command presents a count of Total and Not Optimal units managed by the
|
||
|
|
specified controller \fI/cx\fR. See \*(L"Shell Object Messages\*(R" for more on Not
|
||
|
|
Optimal definition.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0 show allunitstatus
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& /c0 Total Optimal Units = 2
|
||
|
|
\& /c0 Not Optimal Units = 0
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIdrivestatus\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show drivestatus"
|
||
|
|
This command presents a list of drives, port assignment, vendor signature, size,
|
||
|
|
status, and unit membership/affiliation.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0 show drivestatus
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 14
|
||
|
|
\& Port Status Unit Size Blocks Serial
|
||
|
|
\& ---------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& p0 OK u0 149.05 GB 312581808 3JS0TF14
|
||
|
|
\& p1 OK u0 149.05 GB 312581808 3JS0TETZ
|
||
|
|
\& p2 OK u1 149.05 GB 312581808 3JS0VG85
|
||
|
|
\& p3 OK u1 149.05 GB 312581808 3JS0VGCY
|
||
|
|
\& p4 OK u1 149.05 GB 312581808 3JS0VGGQ
|
||
|
|
\& p5 OK u2 149.05 GB 312581808 3JS0VH1P
|
||
|
|
\& p6 OK - 149.05 GB 312581808 3JS0TF0P
|
||
|
|
\& p7 OK - 149.05 GB 312581808 3JS0VF43
|
||
|
|
\& p8 OK - 149.05 GB 312581808 3JS0VG8D
|
||
|
|
\& p9 NOT-PRESENT - - - -
|
||
|
|
\& p10 NOT-PRESENT - - - -
|
||
|
|
\& p11 NOT-PRESENT - - - -
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow all\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show all"
|
||
|
|
This command shows the current setting of all attributes.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBadd\fR type=<RaidType> disk=<p:\-p> [stripe=size] [noscan] [group=<3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12|13|14|15|16>] [nocache|nowrcache] [nordcache|rdcachebasic] [autoverify|noautoverify] [noqpolicy] [ignoreECC] [name=string] [storsave=<protect|balance|perform>] [v0=n|vol=a:b:c:d] [rapidrecovery=all|rebuild|disable]"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx add type=<RaidType> disk=<p:-p> [stripe=size] [noscan] [group=<3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12|13|14|15|16>] [nocache|nowrcache] [nordcache|rdcachebasic] [autoverify|noautoverify] [noqpolicy] [ignoreECC] [name=string] [storsave=<protect|balance|perform>] [v0=n|vol=a:b:c:d] [rapidrecovery=all|rebuild|disable]"
|
||
|
|
This command allows you to add a new unit or create a unit on the specified
|
||
|
|
controller \fI/cx\fR, of type \fIRaidType\fR, optional stripe size of \fIStripe\fR,
|
||
|
|
using one or many disks specified by \fIdisk=p:\-p\fR. By default the host
|
||
|
|
operating system will be informed of the new block device and write cache
|
||
|
|
is enabled. In case of \s-1RAID\-50\s0, you can also specify the layout of the unit
|
||
|
|
by specifying the number of disks per disk group with \fIgroup=3|4|5|6|7|8\fR
|
||
|
|
attribute.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Upon the success of the new unit creation, a unique serial number is also
|
||
|
|
assigned to the new unit. Please refer to commands \fI/cx/ux show serial\fR
|
||
|
|
for checking.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Please Note:
|
||
|
|
1) The default of the unit creation sets write cache to \*(L"on\*(R" for performance
|
||
|
|
reasons. However, if there is no \s-1BBU\s0 available for the controller, a warning
|
||
|
|
is sent to standard error.
|
||
|
|
2) The default drive queuing policy is enabled, unless it is specifically set
|
||
|
|
to disable queuing by specifing \fInoqpolicy\fR.
|
||
|
|
3) The \fInoqpolicy\fR attribute is not applicable to the \*(L"spare\*(R" unit. Specifying
|
||
|
|
the noqpolicy attribute returns an error.
|
||
|
|
4) The [v0=n|vol=a:b:c:d] option is not applicable to type=single.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Since this command is by far the richest command, it deserves more details.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fB/cx\fR is the controller name as in /c0, /c1, etc.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBtype=RaidType\fR consists of logical unit type as in \fBraid0\fR, \fBraid1\fR,
|
||
|
|
\&\fBraid5\fR, \fBraid10\fR, \fBraid50\fR, \fBsingle\fR, \fBspare\fR, and \fBraid6\fR (9650SE
|
||
|
|
and higher only).
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& type=raid50
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The following table illustrates supported types and controller models.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 10
|
||
|
|
\& Model | Raid0 | Raid1 | Raid5 | Raid10 | JBOD | Spare | Raid50 | Single | Raid6 |
|
||
|
|
\& ------+-------+-------+-------+--------+------+-------+--------+--------+-------+
|
||
|
|
\& 7K/8K | Y | Y | Y | Y | Y | Y | N | N | N |
|
||
|
|
\& ------+-------+-------+-------+--------+------+-------+--------+--------+-------+
|
||
|
|
\& 9K | Y | Y | Y | Y | N | Y | Y | Y | N |
|
||
|
|
\& ------+-------+-------+-------+--------+------+-------+--------+--------+-------+
|
||
|
|
\& 9650SE| | | | | | | | | |
|
||
|
|
\& and | Y | Y | Y | Y | N | Y | Y | Y | Y |
|
||
|
|
\& higher| | | | | | | | | |
|
||
|
|
\& ------+-------+-------+-------+--------+------+-------+--------+--------+-------+
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBdisk=p:\-p\fR consists of a list of ports (disks) to be used in the construction
|
||
|
|
of the specified unit type. One or more ports can be specified. Multiple
|
||
|
|
ports can be specified using \fB\*(L":\*(R"\fR or \fB\*(L"\-\*(R"\fR as port index separators.
|
||
|
|
A dash indicates a range and can be mixed with \*(L":\*(R". For example
|
||
|
|
\&\fBdisk=0:1:2\-5:9:12\fR indicates port 0, 1, 2 thru 5 (inclusive), 9 and 12.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBstripe=size\fR consists of the stripe size to be used. The following
|
||
|
|
table illustrates the supported and applicable stripes on unit types and
|
||
|
|
controller models. Stripe size of units are in \s-1KB\s0 (kilobytes).
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 16
|
||
|
|
\& Model | Raid0 | Raid1 | Raid5 | Raid6 | Raid10 | Raid50 | JBOD | Spare | Single |
|
||
|
|
\& ------+---------+-------+-------+-------+--------+--------+-------+-------+--------+
|
||
|
|
\& 7K/8K | 64 | N/A | 64 | N/A | 64 | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A |
|
||
|
|
\& | 128 | | | | 128 | | | | |
|
||
|
|
\& | 256 | | | | 256 | | | | |
|
||
|
|
\& | 512 | | | | 512 | | | | |
|
||
|
|
\& | 1024 | | | | 1024 | | | | |
|
||
|
|
\& ------+---------+-------+-------+-------+--------+--------+-------+-------+--------+
|
||
|
|
\& 9K | 16 | N/A | 16 | N/A | 16 | 16 | N/A | N/A | N/A |
|
||
|
|
\& | 64 | | 64 | | 64 | 64 | | | |
|
||
|
|
\& | 256 | | 256 | | 256 | 256 | | | |
|
||
|
|
\& ------+---------+-------+-------+-------+--------+--------+-------+-------+--------+
|
||
|
|
\& 9650SE| 16 | N/A | 16 | | 16 | 16 | N/A | N/A | N/A |
|
||
|
|
\& and | 64 | | 64 | 64 | 64 | 65 | | | |
|
||
|
|
\& higher| 256 | | 256 | 256 | 256 | 256 | | | |
|
||
|
|
\& ------+---------+-------+-------+-------+--------+--------+-------+-------+--------+
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBgroup=3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12|13|14|15|16\fR consists of the number of disks per group
|
||
|
|
for a Raid 50 type. \fBNote:\fR This attribute can only be used when type=raid50. Also,
|
||
|
|
group=13\-16 is applicable to the 9690SA and 9750 controllers only.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Recall that a \s-1RAID\-50\s0 is a multi-tier array. At the most bottom layer,
|
||
|
|
N number of disks per group are used to form the \s-1RAID\-5\s0 layer. These
|
||
|
|
\&\s-1RAID\-5\s0 arrays are then integrated into a \s-1RAID\-0\s0. This attribute allows
|
||
|
|
you to specify the number of disks in the \s-1RAID\-5\s0 level. Valid values
|
||
|
|
are 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Note that a sufficient number of disks are required for a given pattern or
|
||
|
|
disk group. For example, given 6 disks, specifying 3 will create two \s-1RAID\-5\s0.
|
||
|
|
However given 12 disks, specifying 3 will create four \s-1RAID\-5\s0 under the \s-1RAID\-0\s0
|
||
|
|
level. Given 6 disks and grouping of 6 is not allowed, as you'll basically
|
||
|
|
be creating a \s-1RAID\-5\s0.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The default group varies based on number of disks. For 6 & 9 disks, default
|
||
|
|
is group=3. For 8 disks, default is group=4. For 10 or 15 disks, default is
|
||
|
|
group=5. For 12 or 16 disks, default is group=4. For 14 disks, default is
|
||
|
|
group=7. Case of 12 disks could be grouped with group=3, group=4, or group=6.
|
||
|
|
Group=4 was set by default as it provides best net capacity and performance.
|
||
|
|
Case of 15 disks could be grouped with group=3 or group=5. And case
|
||
|
|
of 16 disks could be grouped with group=4 and group=8.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Note that the supported group number indicated depends on the number of ports
|
||
|
|
on the controller. group=16 is the maximum and it is available on the 9690SA
|
||
|
|
and 9750 controllers only.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBnoscan\fR attribute instructs \s-1CLI\s0 not to notify \s-1OS\s0 of creation of the new unit.
|
||
|
|
By default \s-1CLI\s0 will inform the \s-1OS\s0. One application of this feature is to avoid
|
||
|
|
the \s-1OS\s0 from creating block special devices such as /dev/sdb and /dev/sdc as some
|
||
|
|
implementations might create naming fragmentation and creating a moving target.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBnocache\fR or \fBnowrcache\fR attribute instructs \s-1CLI\s0 to disable the write cache
|
||
|
|
on the newly created unit. Enabling the write cache increases performance at
|
||
|
|
the cost of high\-availability. No caching is recommended when no \s-1BBU\s0 or \s-1UPS\s0
|
||
|
|
is installed. The system default for the write cache is enable. If a \s-1BBU\s0 or
|
||
|
|
\&\s-1UPS\s0 is not installed, to avoid possibility of data loss in the event of sudden
|
||
|
|
power loss, it is recommended that nocache or nowrcache be specified.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBnordcache\fR attribute instructs \s-1CLI\s0 to disable the read cache on the newly
|
||
|
|
created unit. Enabling the read cache increases performance. The \fBrdcachebasic\fR
|
||
|
|
attribute instructs \s-1CLI\s0 to set the read cache mode on the newly created unit
|
||
|
|
to \fIBasic\fR. Please note that it is not necessary to include any read cache
|
||
|
|
attribute if you wish to select the \fIIntelligent\fR mode of Read Cache, since
|
||
|
|
the system default is Read Cache Intelligent. See \*(L"/cx/ux set rdcache\*(R" for
|
||
|
|
more information.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBautoverify|noautoverify\fR attribute enables or disables, respectively, the
|
||
|
|
autoverify attribute on the unit that is to be created. For more details on this
|
||
|
|
feature, refer to the \fI/cx/ux set autoverify\fR command section of this document.
|
||
|
|
This feature is not supported on controller models 7000/8000. For the 9650SE,
|
||
|
|
9690SA, and 9750 controllers that support Basic Verify, autoverify will be set
|
||
|
|
to \s-1ON\s0 by default for the new unit to be created. For other 9000 series controllers
|
||
|
|
that do not support Basic Verify, autoverify is set to \s-1OFF\s0 by default for the new
|
||
|
|
unit. The following table should help clarify regarding the defaults:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 13
|
||
|
|
\& ---------------------+--------------------+----------------------
|
||
|
|
\& "ADD" COMMAND | 9550SX AND HIGHER | 9650SE AND HIGHER
|
||
|
|
\& ATTRIBUTE | (No BV support) | (has BV support)
|
||
|
|
\& ---------------------+--------------------+----------------------
|
||
|
|
\& None specified | |
|
||
|
|
\& (i.e., use default) | autoverify = OFF | autoverify = ON
|
||
|
|
\& ---------------------+--------------------+----------------------
|
||
|
|
\& autoverify | Enables AutoVerify |
|
||
|
|
\& | autoverify = ON | No effect*
|
||
|
|
\& ---------------------+--------------------+----------------------
|
||
|
|
\& noautoverify | | Enables AutoVerify
|
||
|
|
\& | No effect* | autoverify = ON
|
||
|
|
\& ---------------------+--------------------+----------------------
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& *No effect means that, issuing the add command attribute of that row would
|
||
|
|
\& be the same as not issuing any attribute and using the default.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote\fR: while there is no reason to issue both \fIautoverify\fR and \fInoautoverify\fR
|
||
|
|
together at unit creation, \s-1CLI\s0 allows you to do so. Keep in mind however, that
|
||
|
|
in this case, only the last value specified would be used. That is, for
|
||
|
|
example, if you specified the command '/c0 add type=raid5 disk=0\-2 autoverify
|
||
|
|
noautoverify', then you are essentially specifying that 'autoverify=OFF' for /c0.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBnoqpolicy\fR attribute instructs \s-1CLI\s0 to disable the qpolicy (drive queuing) on the
|
||
|
|
newly created unit. The default qpolicy is \fIon\fR (i.e., noqpolicy is not specified).
|
||
|
|
For the spare unit, drive queueing is not meaningful and the qpolicy cannot
|
||
|
|
be set. During unit creation, specifying \fInoqpolicy\fR for spare returns an error.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBignoreECC\fR attribute enables the ignoreECC/OverwriteECC attribute on the unit
|
||
|
|
that is to be created. For more details on this feature, refer to \fI/cx/ux set\fR
|
||
|
|
commands section of this document. The following table illustrates the supported
|
||
|
|
Model / Unit Type. This table only applies to setting this feature at unit creation
|
||
|
|
time. Generally, ignoreECC applies to redundant units.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 10
|
||
|
|
\& Model | Raid0 | Raid1 | Raid5 | Raid6 | Raid10 | JBOD | Spare | Raid50 | Single |
|
||
|
|
\& --------+-------+-------+-------+-------+--------+------+-------+--------+--------+
|
||
|
|
\& 7K/8K | N | N | N | N/A | N | N | N | N | N |
|
||
|
|
\& --------+-------+-------+-------+-------+--------+------+-------+--------+--------+
|
||
|
|
\& 9K | N | Y | Y | N/A | Y | N | N | Y | N |
|
||
|
|
\& --------+-------+-------+-------+-------+--------+------+-------+--------+--------+
|
||
|
|
\& 9650SE | N | Y | Y | Y | Y | N | N | Y | N |
|
||
|
|
\& and | | | | | | | | | |
|
||
|
|
\& higher | | | | | | | | | |
|
||
|
|
\& --------+-------+-------+-------+-------+--------+------+-------+--------+--------+
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBname=string\fR attribute allows user to name the new unit. The maximum characters
|
||
|
|
allowed for the string are 21. No space is allowed within the string. If user likes
|
||
|
|
to use some special characters which the \s-1OS\s0 command shell reserves such as '<', '>',
|
||
|
|
\&'!', and '&', etc in the name string, the user has to use quote "" around the name
|
||
|
|
string in order to bypass the command shell. User can change the name of the unit
|
||
|
|
any time after the unit creation. This is a feature for 9000 or above series of
|
||
|
|
controllers. Please refer to commands \fI/cx/ux set name=sting\fR for changing the
|
||
|
|
name and \fI/cx/ux show name\fR for checking.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBstorsave=protect|balance|perform\fR attribute allows user to set the storsave policy
|
||
|
|
of the new unit. This feature is for controller models 9550SX and higher only. Please
|
||
|
|
refer to the command \fI/cx/ux set storsave=protect|balance|perform\fR for detail.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Either the \fBv0=n\fR or \fBvol=a:b:c:d\fR attribute may be used to set the size of the
|
||
|
|
first volume or (up to) the first 4 volumes of the new unit, respectively. The
|
||
|
|
first volume may, but not necessarily, be the boot \s-1LUN\s0. The value(s) should be
|
||
|
|
positive integer(s) in units of gigabytes (\s-1GB\s0). Zero (0) is an invalid \s-1LUN\s0
|
||
|
|
size input value. The upper user input limit is 32TB. Note that there
|
||
|
|
are two ways to set the first volume, as either v0=n or vol=n would have the
|
||
|
|
same effect.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR If the total size of the specified volumes (up to 4) exceeds the
|
||
|
|
size of the array, the volume(s) of size(s) that exceeded the array boundary
|
||
|
|
will not be carved.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example (\s-1RAID\-5\s0 being created with the first volume size set to 10 \s-1GB\s0):
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0 add type=raid5 disk=2-5 v0=10
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& Creating new unit on Controller /c0 ... Done. The new unit is /c0/u0.
|
||
|
|
\& Setting write cache=ON for the new unit ... Done.
|
||
|
|
\& Setting default Command Queuing Policy for unit /c0/u0 to [on] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
After the unit creation, a subsequent \*(L"show\*(R" command for the unit would show
|
||
|
|
the volume sizes:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/u0 show
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 9
|
||
|
|
\& Unit UnitType Status %RCmpl %V/I/M Port Stripe Size(GB)
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& u0 RAID-5 OK - - - 64K 1117.56
|
||
|
|
\& u0-0 DISK OK - - p2 - 372.519
|
||
|
|
\& u0-1 DISK OK - - p3 - 372.519
|
||
|
|
\& u0-2 DISK OK - - p4 - 372.519
|
||
|
|
\& u0-3 DISK OK - - p5 - 372.519
|
||
|
|
\& u0/v0 Volume - - - - - 10
|
||
|
|
\& u0/v1 Volume - - - - - 1107.56
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example (\s-1RAID\-0\s0 being created with the volume sizes set to 45, 20, 50, and
|
||
|
|
12 \s-1GB\s0):
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c3 add type=raid0 disk=0-1 vol=45:20:50:12
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& Creating new unit on controller /c3 ... Done. The new unit is /c3/u0.
|
||
|
|
\& Setting write cache=ON for the new unit ... Done.
|
||
|
|
\& Setting default Command Queuing Policy for unit /c3/u0 to [on] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
After the unit creation, a subsequent \*(L"show\*(R" command for the unit would show
|
||
|
|
the volume sizes:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c3/u0 show
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 10
|
||
|
|
\& Unit UnitType Status %RCmpl %V/I/M VPort Stripe Size(GB)
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& u0 RAID-0 OK - - - 64K 298.002
|
||
|
|
\& u0-0 DISK OK - - p0 - 149.001
|
||
|
|
\& u0-1 DISK OK - - p1 - 149.001
|
||
|
|
\& u0/v0 Volume - - - - - 45
|
||
|
|
\& u0/v1 Volume - - - - - 20
|
||
|
|
\& u0/v2 Volume - - - - - 50
|
||
|
|
\& u0/v3 Volume - - - - - 12
|
||
|
|
\& u0/v4 Volume - - - - - 171.002
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The attribute \fBrapidrecovery\fR specifies the Rapid \s-1RAID\s0 Recovery setting for
|
||
|
|
the unit to be created. Rapid \s-1RAID\s0 Recovery can speed up the rebuild
|
||
|
|
process, and it can speed up the initialize and verify tasks for redundant
|
||
|
|
arrays in the \s-1RAID\s0 system upon the event of an unclean system shutdown.
|
||
|
|
This feature allows for expedited boot-up time in the event of an unclean
|
||
|
|
shutdown. Setting this option to \fIall\fR applies the policy to the rebuild,
|
||
|
|
initialize and verify tasks at reboot. Setting it to \fIrebuild\fR applies the
|
||
|
|
policy to the rebuild tasks only. If the policy is set to \fIdisable\fR, then
|
||
|
|
none of the tasks would be sped up.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR Once this attribute is set, the policy setting is persistent in the
|
||
|
|
system until it is disabled. Also, once disabled, that setting could not be
|
||
|
|
changed for that unit at a later time.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR This attribute is for controller models 9750, 9690SA and 9650SE (with
|
||
|
|
supporting firmware), and is for redundant arrays only. In addition,
|
||
|
|
Rapid \s-1RAID\s0 Recovery is not supported over migration.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR The default setting of Rapid \s-1RAID\s0 Recovery is 'all' for redundant
|
||
|
|
arrays. For non-redundant arrays the default is disabled.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBrescan\fR [\fInoscan\fR]"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx rescan [noscan]"
|
||
|
|
This command instructs the controller to rescan all ports and reconstitute
|
||
|
|
all units. The controller will update its list of ports (attached disks), and visits
|
||
|
|
every \s-1DCB\s0 (Disk Configuration Block) in order to re-assemble its view and
|
||
|
|
awareness of logical units. Any newly found unit(s) or drive(s) will be listed.
|
||
|
|
\&\fInoscan\fR is used to not inform the \s-1OS\s0 of the unit discovery. Default is to inform
|
||
|
|
the \s-1OS\s0.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c1 rescan
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& Rescanning controller /c1 for units and drives ...Done.
|
||
|
|
\& Found following unit(s): [/c1/u3].
|
||
|
|
\& Found following drive(s): [/c1/p7, /c1/p8].
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Note: Does not import non-JBOD on 7000/8000 models.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBcommit\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx commit"
|
||
|
|
This command instructs the controller to commit its dirty DCBs to
|
||
|
|
persistent storage (ie disks). While controller is processing I/O requests
|
||
|
|
against underlying disks, an in-transaction bit is set. If a failure (such
|
||
|
|
as power failure) is experienced, subsequent read from the disks, will inform
|
||
|
|
the controller that an un-clean shutdown took place. This command allows the
|
||
|
|
end user to complete all pending I/Os on disks and clear the in-transaction
|
||
|
|
bit.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Typical application of this feature is when an application is using a given
|
||
|
|
unit in raw mode (such as databases) and user would like to shutdown the
|
||
|
|
host (Including \s-1UPS\s0 post failure automations). This command can then expedite
|
||
|
|
the process by instructing the controller to finish pending requests, clear
|
||
|
|
\&\s-1DCB\s0's in-transaction flag as we are going down.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Note that block devices (cooked devices) do not require this and clients of
|
||
|
|
block devices (such as file systems) will send its own shutdown request to the
|
||
|
|
devices.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
This command only applies to Windows operating system.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBflush\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx flush"
|
||
|
|
This command allows you to flush the write cache on all units associated with
|
||
|
|
the \fI/cx\fR controller
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBupdate\fR \fIfw=filename_with_path\fR [\fIforce\fR]"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx update fw=filename_with_path [force]"
|
||
|
|
This command allows the download of the specified firmware image to the corresponding
|
||
|
|
controller. This command is for 9000 series controllers only.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBfw=filename_with_path\fR attribute allows the user to specify the firmware image file
|
||
|
|
name along with its path. Please note that \fIfilename_with_path\fR could not have
|
||
|
|
spaces in the directory names of its path (as Windows would allow).
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The new image specified by \fIfilename_with_path\fR will be checked for compatibility
|
||
|
|
with the current controller, current driver and current application versions.
|
||
|
|
Subsequently a recommendation is given to the user followed by a prompt to continue.
|
||
|
|
Once the user decides to proceed, the image will be downloaded to the controller.
|
||
|
|
However, a reboot is required for the new image to take effect.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c2 update fw=/tmp/prom0006.img
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& Warning: Updating the firmware can render the device driver and/or
|
||
|
|
\& management tools incompatible. Before you update the firmware,
|
||
|
|
\& it is recommended that you:
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& 1) Back up your data.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& 2) Make sure you have a copy of the current firmware image so that
|
||
|
|
\& you can roll back, if necessary.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& 3) Close all applications.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& Examining compatibility data from firmware image and /c2 ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& New-Firmware Current-Firmware Current-Driver Current-API
|
||
|
|
\& ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& FE9X 3.05.00.005 FE9X 3.05.00.005 2.26.04.007 2.01.00.008
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& Current firmware version is the same as the new firmware.
|
||
|
|
\& Recommendation: No need to update.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 4
|
||
|
|
\& Given the above recommendation...
|
||
|
|
\& Do you want to continue ? Y|N [N]: y
|
||
|
|
\& Downloading the firmware from file /tmp/prom0006.img ... Done.
|
||
|
|
\& The new image will take effect after reboot.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The \fBforce\fR attribute is optional. With it the warning message is suppressed, as
|
||
|
|
well as the prompt to proceed. Compatibility checks are not bypassed. If the
|
||
|
|
image to be downloaded is not compatible, an error message will be shown. If
|
||
|
|
the image to be downloaded is compatible, a message will indicate the downloading
|
||
|
|
of the image.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIevents\fR [\fIreverse\fR]"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show events [reverse]"
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.PD 0
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIAENs\fR [\fIreverse\fR]"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show AENs [reverse]"
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIalarms\fR [\fIreverse\fR]"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show alarms [reverse]"
|
||
|
|
.PD
|
||
|
|
Asynchronous events or AENs (Asynchronous Event Notifications) of the controller,
|
||
|
|
also known as 'controller alarms', are originated by firmware and captured by
|
||
|
|
their respective device drivers. These events are kept in a finite queue inside
|
||
|
|
the kernel, awaiting extraction by user space programs such as \s-1CLI\s0 and/or 3DM2.
|
||
|
|
These events reflect messages of varying severity levels. The levels range
|
||
|
|
in order of severity: \s-1INFO\s0, \s-1WARNING\s0, and \s-1ERROR\s0, respectively.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Controller Events or Alarms generated on the 7000/8000 series controllers do not
|
||
|
|
have dates, as such a dash ('\-') indicating 'read not\-applicable' is displayed
|
||
|
|
in the \*(L"Date\*(R" column. Also, with the 7000/8000 series controllers, the event
|
||
|
|
message contains the severity as well, hence the \*(L"Severity\*(R" column shows a '\-'
|
||
|
|
also.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
This command displays all available events on a given controller. The default
|
||
|
|
listing order is 'ascending'; that is, the later the alarm or event message the
|
||
|
|
further down in the list or table it appears in. Likewise, the older the event
|
||
|
|
message the earlier it is in the table. The order of the messages could be
|
||
|
|
reversed with the attribute \fIreverse\fR. With this the most recent \s-1AEN\s0 message
|
||
|
|
would appear at the top of the table.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Typical output looks like:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c1 show events
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 12
|
||
|
|
\& Ctl Date Severity AEN Message
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& c0 [Fri Mar 21 2008 14:19:00] WARNING Drive removed: port=1
|
||
|
|
\& c0 [Fri Mar 21 2008 14:19:00] ERROR Degraded unit: unit=1, port=1
|
||
|
|
\& c0 [Fri Mar 21 2008 14:19:25] INFO Drive inserted: port=1
|
||
|
|
\& c0 [Fri Mar 21 2008 14:19:25] INFO Unit operational: unit=1
|
||
|
|
\& c0 [Fri Mar 21 2008 14:28:18] INFO Migration started: unit=0
|
||
|
|
\& c0 [Sat Mar 22 2008 05:16:49] INFO Migration completed: unit=0
|
||
|
|
\& c0 [Tue Apr 01 2008 12:34:02] WARNING Drive removed: port=1
|
||
|
|
\& c0 [Tue Apr 01 2008 12:34:22] ERROR Unit inoperable: unit=1
|
||
|
|
\& c0 [Tue Apr 01 2008 12:34:23] INFO Drive inserted: port=1
|
||
|
|
\& c0 [Tue Apr 01 2008 12:34:23] INFO Unit operational: unit=1
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIdiag\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show diag"
|
||
|
|
This command extracts controller diagnostic information as output for technical
|
||
|
|
support usage and reference. The report contains a summary of the controller's
|
||
|
|
technical information (such as host name, host architecture, operating system
|
||
|
|
version, controller model, controller \s-1ID\s0, etc.), followed by diagnostic
|
||
|
|
information of the controller.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
A small section showing event trigger and log information is shown for
|
||
|
|
controller models 9650SE or higher with release 9.5.3 or higher firmware. This
|
||
|
|
section shows the diagnostic event log save mode type with three diagnostic
|
||
|
|
event counters. These diagnostic events are controller soft reset, firmware
|
||
|
|
reset, and drive error.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For controller models 9550SX and older, or firmware version of release 9.5.2
|
||
|
|
or older, the diagnostic trigger and log section is either not shown or
|
||
|
|
indicates 'N/A' for the mode and counter values.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Typical output (for model 9650SE/higher and running 9.5.3/higher release)
|
||
|
|
looks like the following:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //dhcp-147-145-95-103> /c2 show diag
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 13
|
||
|
|
\& ### Time Stamp: 18:51:11 31-May-2011
|
||
|
|
\& ### Host Name: dhcp-147-145-95-103
|
||
|
|
\& ### Host Architecture: x86_64 (64 bit)
|
||
|
|
\& ### OS Version: Linux 2.6.11-1.1369_FC4smp
|
||
|
|
\& ### Model: G133e/AstorElx
|
||
|
|
\& ### Serial #: 3ware Internal Use
|
||
|
|
\& ### Controller ID: 2
|
||
|
|
\& ### CLI Version: 2.00.11.018
|
||
|
|
\& ### API Version: 2.08.00.022
|
||
|
|
\& ### Driver Version: 2.26.06.001
|
||
|
|
\& ### Firmware Version: FH9X 4.10.00.001
|
||
|
|
\& ### BIOS Version: BE9X 4.08.00.002
|
||
|
|
\& ### Available Memory: 448MB
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 14
|
||
|
|
\& ==========================================================================
|
||
|
|
\& Diagnostic Information on Controller //dhcp-147-145-95-103/c2 ...
|
||
|
|
\& --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& Event Trigger and Log Information:
|
||
|
|
\& Triggered Event(s) =
|
||
|
|
\& ctlreset (controller soft reset)
|
||
|
|
\& fwassert (firmware assert)
|
||
|
|
\& driveerr (drive error)
|
||
|
|
\& Diagnostic log save mode = cont (continuous/last trigger)
|
||
|
|
\& Diagnostic event trigger counter = 1
|
||
|
|
\& Trigger event counter for ctlrreset = 0
|
||
|
|
\& Trigger event counter for fwassert = 0
|
||
|
|
\& Trigger event counter for driveerr = 5
|
||
|
|
\& --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 35
|
||
|
|
\& SAS Amp|Pre[0] 0x0500|26
|
||
|
|
\& SATA Amp|Pre[0] 0x0400|26
|
||
|
|
\& RxDetectionThreshold[0] = 0xd2
|
||
|
|
\& SAS Amp|Pre[1] 0x0500|26
|
||
|
|
\& SATA Amp|Pre[1] 0x0400|26
|
||
|
|
\& RxDetectionThreshold[1] = 0xd2
|
||
|
|
\& EPCT file not found in flash.
|
||
|
|
\& Auto detecting enclosures ...
|
||
|
|
\& Rollcall, Begin : find drives
|
||
|
|
\& Inventory done, port=0
|
||
|
|
\& Inventory done, port=2
|
||
|
|
\& Inventory done, port=1
|
||
|
|
\& Assigning drive handle 6 to port 0
|
||
|
|
\& Assigning drive handle 2 to port 1
|
||
|
|
\& Assigning drive handle 3 to port 2
|
||
|
|
\& Associate slots: Rollcall, Waiting to start DCB read
|
||
|
|
\& --PortHandle[ 0] DriveHandle[ 6] phy: 6
|
||
|
|
\& DIT status: DRV_PRESENT (0xFF)
|
||
|
|
\& Drv type: SSP Direct
|
||
|
|
\& Model #: SEAGATE ST31000640SS
|
||
|
|
\& Serial #: 9QJ2NN8Q
|
||
|
|
\& Drv FW #: 0004
|
||
|
|
\& Capacity: 1953525167 (0x0000000074706DAF) (~931 GB)
|
||
|
|
\& drv ports: Supported 2, Connected : 1
|
||
|
|
\& WWN: 5000c5000d32ee9c
|
||
|
|
\& sasAddr1: 5000c5000d32ee9d
|
||
|
|
\& sasAddr2: 5000c5000d32ee9e
|
||
|
|
\& WriteSame: 1
|
||
|
|
\& Pwr On Hrs: 12760, Realloc Sct: 12, Temp (\euffffC): 23
|
||
|
|
\& Link Speed: Supported=0x3 (1.5 Gbs to 3.0 Gbs) Current=0x2 (3.0 Gbs)
|
||
|
|
\& Spndle Spd: 7200
|
||
|
|
\& :
|
||
|
|
\& :
|
||
|
|
\& :
|
||
|
|
\& :
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
It is recommended that you save the output to a file, where it can be used
|
||
|
|
to communicate with tech support, or used for further analysis with
|
||
|
|
Linux utilities like \fIod\fR\|(1).
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& $ tw_cli /c0 show diag > diag.txt
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Please note that some characters may not be printable or may not render
|
||
|
|
correctly.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIphy\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show phy"
|
||
|
|
This command is for the 9650SE with Release 9.5.2 or later, and the 9690SA
|
||
|
|
or newer controllers only. It reports a list of phys with related information
|
||
|
|
for the specified controller. The 'Device Type' column indicates whether
|
||
|
|
the connected device is an enclosure, or a drive of type \s-1SATA\s0 or \s-1SAS\s0. The
|
||
|
|
\&'Device' column is the device \s-1ID\s0 or handle. There are three 'Link Speed'
|
||
|
|
columns: 'Supported' denotes the link speed capability of the phy/device,
|
||
|
|
\&'Enable' denotes the current link speed setting, and 'Control' denotes the
|
||
|
|
link control setting.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
looks like the following
|
||
|
|
Example of 9690SA\-8E connected to drives in an enclosure:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 12
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c3 show phy
|
||
|
|
\& Device --- Link Speed (Gbps) ---
|
||
|
|
\& Phy SAS Address Type Device Supported Enabled Control
|
||
|
|
\& -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& phy0 500050e000030232 ENCL N/A 1.5-3.0 3.0 Auto
|
||
|
|
\& phy1 500050e000030232 ENCL N/A 1.5-3.0 3.0 Auto
|
||
|
|
\& phy2 500050e000030232 ENCL N/A 1.5-3.0 3.0 Auto
|
||
|
|
\& phy3 500050e000030232 ENCL N/A 1.5-3.0 3.0 Auto
|
||
|
|
\& phy4 500050e000030236 ENCL N/A 1.5-3.0 3.0 Auto
|
||
|
|
\& phy5 500050e000030236 ECNL N/A 1.5-3.0 3.0 Auto
|
||
|
|
\& phy6 500050e000030236 ENCL N/A 1.5-3.0 3.0 Auto
|
||
|
|
\& phy7 500050e000030236 ECNL N/A 1.5-3.0 3.0 Auto
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
In the above example, for phy1, the link speeds supported are 1.5 and 3.0 Gpbs.
|
||
|
|
The current link speed for phy1 is 3.0 Gpbs, and the link control setting is
|
||
|
|
\&'Auto'. The link control setting could be either 1.5, 3.0, or Auto. 'Auto'
|
||
|
|
denotes Automatic Negotiation, where the best negotiated speed possible for
|
||
|
|
that link will be used.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example of 9690SA\-8I with directly attached drives:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c3 show phy
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 11
|
||
|
|
\& Device --- Link Speed (Gbps) ---
|
||
|
|
\& Phy SAS Address Type Device Supported Enabled Control
|
||
|
|
\& -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& phy0 500050e000000002 SATA /c3/p0 1.5-3.0 3.0 Auto
|
||
|
|
\& phy1 500050e000000002 SATA /c3/p1 1.5-3.0 3.0 Auto
|
||
|
|
\& phy2 500050e000000002 SATA /c3/p2 1.5-3.0 3.0 Auto
|
||
|
|
\& phy3 500050e000000002 SATA /c3/p3 1.5-3.0 3.0 Auto
|
||
|
|
\& phy4 - - - - - -
|
||
|
|
\& phy5 - - - - - -
|
||
|
|
\& phy6 500050e000000006 SAS /c3/p6 1.5-3.0 3.0 Auto
|
||
|
|
\& phy7 - - - - - -
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR There is no \*(L"/cx set phy\*(R" command. Moreover, the only changeable
|
||
|
|
setting for phy is link speed. To change the link speed, see the
|
||
|
|
\&\fI/cx/phyx set link\fR command. To see information for an individual
|
||
|
|
phy only, use \fI/cx/phyx show\fR. These commands are in the \*(L"Phy Object
|
||
|
|
Messages\*(R" section.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIrebuild\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show rebuild"
|
||
|
|
Model 9000 series controllers support background tasks such as rebuild, verify,
|
||
|
|
or self test activities. For each activity, up to 7 tasks can be registered,
|
||
|
|
known as slots 1 through 7. Each task activity can be managed by a set of
|
||
|
|
commands including \fIadd\fR, \fIdel\fR, \fIshow\fR and \fIset\fR. Background tasks have
|
||
|
|
a slot id, start day, hour, duration, and status attributes.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Rebuild activity attempts to (re)synchronize all members of redundant units
|
||
|
|
such as \s-1RAID\-1\s0, \s-1RAID\-10\s0, \s-1RAID\-5\s0 and \s-1RAID\-50\s0. Rebuilds can be started manually
|
||
|
|
or automatically if a spare has been defined. Scheduled rebuilds will take
|
||
|
|
place during the scheduled window, if enabled.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
This command displays the current rebuild background task schedule as
|
||
|
|
illustrated below.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& $ tw_cli /c1 show rebuild
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 11
|
||
|
|
\& Rebuild Schedule for Controller /c1
|
||
|
|
\& ========================================================
|
||
|
|
\& Slot Day Hour Duration Status
|
||
|
|
\& --------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& 1 Mon 2:00pm 10 hr(s) disabled
|
||
|
|
\& 2 Thu 7:00pm 18 hr(s) disabled
|
||
|
|
\& 3 - - - -
|
||
|
|
\& 4 - - - -
|
||
|
|
\& 5 - - - -
|
||
|
|
\& 6 Mon 1:00am 4 hr(s) disabled
|
||
|
|
\& 7 Sun 12:00am 1 hr(s) disabled
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The status of \fIdisabled\fR denotes that the controller will not use the scheduled
|
||
|
|
time slots.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIrebuildmode\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show rebuildmode"
|
||
|
|
This command shows the current rebuild mode setting of the specified controller.
|
||
|
|
The rebuild mode has two settings: \*(L"Adaptive\*(R" and \*(L"Low latency\*(R".
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The Adaptive setting tells the controller to keep its current background activity
|
||
|
|
task policy and it is the default. The Low Latency setting \*(L"throttles\*(R" the
|
||
|
|
background task and allow host Reads to complete, thus improves performance in
|
||
|
|
the situation when a rebuild background task is active with the task rate has
|
||
|
|
been set to high (that is, low I/O rate).
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
This command is associated with the rebuild task rate, please also see /cx show
|
||
|
|
rebuildrate.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
This command is supported on the 9650SE controller with Release 9.5.2 or later
|
||
|
|
and for the 9690SA and higher model controllers.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c1 show rebuildmode
|
||
|
|
\& /c1 Rebuild background task mode = Low Latency
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
See also:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set rebuildmode=<adaptive|lowlatency>
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set rebuildrate=<1..5>
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show rebuildrate
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIrebuildrate\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show rebuildrate"
|
||
|
|
The execution priority relative to I/O operations for the rebuild background task
|
||
|
|
is the rebuild task rate. This command shows the current rebuild task rate of the
|
||
|
|
specified controller.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
This task rate is of the range [1..5], where 5 denotes the setting of fastest
|
||
|
|
background task and slowest I/O, as follows:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 5
|
||
|
|
\& 5 = fastest rebuild; slowest I/O
|
||
|
|
\& 4 = faster rebuild; slower I/O
|
||
|
|
\& 3 = balanced between rebuild and I/O
|
||
|
|
\& 2 = faster I/O; slower rebuild
|
||
|
|
\& 1 = fastest I/O; slowest rebuild
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
This command applies to the 7000, 8000, and 9000 models controllers.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c1 show rebuildrate
|
||
|
|
\& /c1 Rebuild background task rate = 4 (faster rebuild; slower I/O)
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
See also:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set rebuildrate=<1..5>
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set rebuildmode=<adaptive|lowlatency>
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show rebuildmode
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIverify\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show verify"
|
||
|
|
Verify is one of the supported background tasks, and this command displays the
|
||
|
|
current verify schedule.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For the 9650SE and newer \s-1RAID\s0 controllers, the Verify Task Schedule can be either
|
||
|
|
\&\fBbasic\fR or \fBadvanced\fR (For details about the two types and the associated
|
||
|
|
commands, please see the 'Features' section.) The basic Verify Task Schedule
|
||
|
|
sets a weekly day and time for verification to occur, and is designed to be
|
||
|
|
used with unit auto\-verify. The advanced Verify Task Schedule provides
|
||
|
|
more control, and is equivalent to the Verify Task Schedule available for
|
||
|
|
9550SX and earlier \s-1RAID\s0 controllers.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For the advanced Verify Task Schedule, up to 7 time periods can be registered,
|
||
|
|
known as timeslots (or simply slots) 1 through 7. This task schedule can be
|
||
|
|
managed by a set of commands including \fIadd\fR, \fIdel\fR, \fIshow\fR and \fIset\fR. The task
|
||
|
|
schedule has a slot id, start\-day\-time, duration, and status attributes. Rebuild
|
||
|
|
follow similar background task schedules.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For details about setting up a schedule for verify tasks, see \fI/cx set verify\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Verify activity attempts to verify all units based on their unit type. Verifying
|
||
|
|
\&\s-1RAID\-1\s0 involves checking that both drives contain the exact data. On \s-1RAID\-5\s0 and
|
||
|
|
\&\s-1RAID\-6\s0, the parity information is used to verify data integrity. \s-1RAID\-10\s0 and 50
|
||
|
|
are composite types and follow their respective array types. On the 9000 series,
|
||
|
|
non-redundant units such as \s-1RAID\-0\s0, \s-1JBOD\s0, single, and spare, are also verified
|
||
|
|
(by reading and reporting un-readable sectors).
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example 1:
|
||
|
|
For the 9550SX and older controllers, and when verify=advanced for the 9650SE and
|
||
|
|
newer controllers, the show verify command displays the current verify background
|
||
|
|
task schedule as illustrated below.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& $ tw_cli /c1 show verify
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 11
|
||
|
|
\& Verify Schedule for Controller /c1
|
||
|
|
\& ========================================================
|
||
|
|
\& Slot Day Hour Duration Status
|
||
|
|
\& --------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& 1 Mon 2:00am 4 hr(s) disabled
|
||
|
|
\& 2 - - - -
|
||
|
|
\& 3 Tue 12:00am 24 hr(s) disabled
|
||
|
|
\& 4 Wed 12:00am 24 hr(s) disabled
|
||
|
|
\& 5 Thu 12:00am 24 hr(s) disabled
|
||
|
|
\& 6 Fri 12:00am 24 hr(s) disabled
|
||
|
|
\& 7 Sat 12:00am 24 hr(s) disabled
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The status of \fIdisabled\fR denotes that the controller will not use the scheduled
|
||
|
|
time slots.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example 2:
|
||
|
|
For the 9650SE and newer controllers, if the \fBbasic\fR Verify Task Schedule is
|
||
|
|
selected, the show verify command displays the following:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c1 show verify
|
||
|
|
\& /c1 basic verify weekly preferred start: Friday 12:00am
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIverifymode\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show verifymode"
|
||
|
|
This command shows the current verify mode setting of the specified controller.
|
||
|
|
The verify mode has two settings: \*(L"Adaptive\*(R" and \*(L"Low latency\*(R".
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The Adaptive setting tells the controller to keep its current background activity
|
||
|
|
task policy and it is the default. The Low Latency setting \*(L"throttles\*(R" the
|
||
|
|
background task and allow host Reads to complete, thus improves performance in the
|
||
|
|
situation when a verify background task is active with the task rate has been set
|
||
|
|
to high (that is, low I/O rate).
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
This command is associated with the verify task rate, please also see /cx show
|
||
|
|
verifyrate.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
This command is supported on the 9650SE controller with Release 9.5.2 or higher,
|
||
|
|
and for the 9690SA and higher model controllers.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c1 show verifymode
|
||
|
|
\& /c1 Verify background task mode = Low Latency
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
See also:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set verifymode=<adaptive|lowlatency>
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set verifyrate=<1..5>
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show verifyrate
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIverifyrate\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show verifyrate"
|
||
|
|
The execution priority relative to I/O operations for the verify background task
|
||
|
|
is the verify task rate. This command shows the current verify task rate of the
|
||
|
|
specified controller.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
This task rate is of the range [1..5], where 5 denotes the setting of fastest
|
||
|
|
background task and slowest I/O, as follows:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 5
|
||
|
|
\& 5 = fastest verify; slowest I/O
|
||
|
|
\& 4 = faster verify; slower I/O
|
||
|
|
\& 3 = balanced between verify and I/O
|
||
|
|
\& 2 = faster I/O; slower verify
|
||
|
|
\& 1 = fastest I/O; slowest verify
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
This command applies to the 7000, 8000, and 9000 models controllers.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c1 show verifyrate
|
||
|
|
\& /c1 Verify background task rate = 4 (faster rebuild; slower I/O)
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
See also:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set verifyrate=<1..5>
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set verifymode=<adaptive|lowlatency>
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show verifymode
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIselftest\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx show selftest"
|
||
|
|
Model 9000 series controllers support background tasks such as rebuild, verify,
|
||
|
|
and self test activities. For each activity, up to 7 tasks can be registered, known
|
||
|
|
as slots 1 through 7. Each activity can be managed by a set of commands including
|
||
|
|
\&\fIadd\fR, \fIdel\fR, \fIshow\fR and \fIset\fR a task. Background tasks have attributes of
|
||
|
|
slot id, start\-day\-time, duration, and status.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The selftest that would be performed is called \s-1SMART\s0 (Self Monitoring Analysis and Reporting).
|
||
|
|
The \s-1SMART\s0 selftest instructs the controller to check certain \s-1SMART\s0 supported thresholds
|
||
|
|
by the disk vendor. An \s-1AEN\s0 is logged to the alarms table if a drive reports a \s-1SMART\s0
|
||
|
|
failure. The failing drive should be replaced if this error occurs.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
This command displays the current selftest background task schedule as illustrated below.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& $ tw_cli /c1 show selftest
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 11
|
||
|
|
\& Selftest Schedule for Controller /c1
|
||
|
|
\& ===========================================
|
||
|
|
\& Slot Day Hour SMART
|
||
|
|
\& -------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& 1 Sun 12:00am enabled
|
||
|
|
\& 2 Mon 12:00am enabled
|
||
|
|
\& 3 Tue 12:00am enabled
|
||
|
|
\& 4 Wed 12:00am enabled
|
||
|
|
\& 5 Thu 12:00am enabled
|
||
|
|
\& 6 Fri 12:00am enabled
|
||
|
|
\& 7 Sat 12:00am enabled
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBadd\fR \fIrebuild=ddd:hh:duration\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx add rebuild=ddd:hh:duration"
|
||
|
|
This command registers a new background rebuild task to the schedule, for execution
|
||
|
|
on the day of \fIddd\fR (where ddd is Sun, Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, and Sat), at the
|
||
|
|
hour of \fIhh\fR (range 0 .. 23), for a duration of \fIduration\fR (range 1 .. 24) hours.
|
||
|
|
This command will fail if no (empty) slot is available. In that case,
|
||
|
|
you would need to delete an existing slot before adding.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For \*(L"rebuild\*(R" background task description, see command \fB/cx show rebuild\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c3 add rebuild=sun:16:3
|
||
|
|
\& Adding scheduled rebuild to slot 7 for [Sun, 4:00PM, 3hr(s)] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBadd\fR \fIverify=ddd:hh:duration\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx add verify=ddd:hh:duration"
|
||
|
|
This command registers a new task slot to the Verify Task Schedule on the day
|
||
|
|
of \fIddd\fR (where \fIddd\fR is Sun, Mon, Tue, Wed, Fri, or Sat), at the hour of \fIhh\fR
|
||
|
|
(range 0..23), for a duration of \fIduration\fR (range 1..24) hours. A
|
||
|
|
maximum of seven verify task slots can be included in the schedule. This
|
||
|
|
command will fail if no (empty) task slot is available. In that case,
|
||
|
|
you would need to delete an existing slot before adding.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR This Verify Task Schedule is used when '/cx set verify=advanced' for
|
||
|
|
the 9650SE with Release 9.5.2 or later, and 9690SA and higher model controllers,
|
||
|
|
and for the 9650SE with Release 9.5.1 or earlier and 9550SX or older controllers
|
||
|
|
when '/cx set verify=enabled'.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR If you have a 9650SE with Release 9.5.2 or later, or a 9690SA or newer
|
||
|
|
controller, you may use the simpler \fBbasic\fR verify schedule with the command
|
||
|
|
\&\fI/cx set verify=basic\fR. Simply specify a weekly day and time and make sure
|
||
|
|
that the auto-verify policy is set to \s-1ON\s0 for your \s-1RAID\s0 units. For more information
|
||
|
|
please see '/cx set verify=basic' or the section on Basic Verify in the
|
||
|
|
Features section of this document.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c3 add verify=sun:23:2
|
||
|
|
\& Adding scheduled verify to slot 3 for [Sun, 11:00PM, 2hr(s)] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
In the above example, a verify task slot is added to the schedule to be
|
||
|
|
executed in the 2\-hour duration time window on Sundays at 11:00 \s-1PM\s0.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR Use the \fI/cx/ux set autoverify=on\fR command to turn on autoverify for
|
||
|
|
each unit you wish to follow the schedule.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBadd\fR \fIselftest=ddd:hh\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx add selftest=ddd:hh"
|
||
|
|
This command registers a new background \fIselftest\fR task to the schedule, for
|
||
|
|
executed on day of \fIddd\fR (where ddd is Sun, Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, and Sat),
|
||
|
|
at hour of \fIhh\fR (range 0 .. 23). Notice that selftest runs to completion and
|
||
|
|
as such no duration value is required. This command will fail if no (empty) slot
|
||
|
|
is available. In that case, you would need to delete an existing slot before
|
||
|
|
adding.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For \*(L"selftest\*(R" background task description, see command \fB/cx show selftest\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c1 add selftest=Sun:16
|
||
|
|
\& Adding scheduled verify to slot 7 for [Sun, 4:00PM] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBdel\fR \fIrebuild=slot_id\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx del rebuild=slot_id"
|
||
|
|
This command will remove (or unregister) the rebuild background task in slot \fIslot_id\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For \*(L"rebuild\*(R" background task description, see command \fB/cx show rebuild\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& $ tw_cli /c1 del rebuild=2
|
||
|
|
\& Removing scheduled rebuild slot [2] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\s-1WARNING:\s0 If all timeslots are removed, be sure to also disable the schedule.
|
||
|
|
Otherwise, no firmware initiated or manually started rebuild tasks would run.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBdel\fR \fIverify=slot_id\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx del verify=slot_id"
|
||
|
|
This command will remove (or unregister) the verify background task in slot \fIslot_id\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For \*(L"verify\*(R" background task description, see command \fB/cx show verify\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& $ tw_cli /c1 del verify=3
|
||
|
|
\& Removing scheduled verify slot [3] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\s-1WARNING:\s0 If all timeslots are removed, be sure to also disable the schedule.
|
||
|
|
Otherwise, no firmware initiated or manually started verify tasks would run.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBdel\fR \fIselftest=slot_id\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx del selftest=slot_id"
|
||
|
|
This command will remove (or unregister) the selftest background
|
||
|
|
task in slot \fIslot_id\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For \*(L"selftest\*(R" background task description, see command \fB/cx show selftest\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& $ tw_cli /c1 del selftest=3
|
||
|
|
\& Removing scheduled selftest slot [3] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBset\fR \fIrebuild=<enable|disable|1..5\fR>"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx set rebuild=<enable|disable|1..5>"
|
||
|
|
This command will \fIenable\fR or \fIdisable\fR all of the scheduled rebuild background
|
||
|
|
tasks on controller \fI/cx\fR. When enabled, only registered or scheduled tasks
|
||
|
|
will execute. Any previous on-demand (manually started) background tasks will
|
||
|
|
be ignored.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
This command also allows you to set the rebuild task rate. Setting this value to
|
||
|
|
5 implies that the rebuild will consume 100% of the controller's resource (cpu time,
|
||
|
|
I/O bandwidth) to complete its task. Conversely setting this value to 1 implies
|
||
|
|
that I/O operations has higher priority and the rebuild will consume minimal
|
||
|
|
resource. In other words:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 5
|
||
|
|
\& 5 = fastest rebuild; slowest I/O
|
||
|
|
\& 4 = faster rebuild; slower I/O
|
||
|
|
\& 3 = balanced between rebuild and I/O
|
||
|
|
\& 2 = faster I/O; slower rebuild
|
||
|
|
\& 1 = fastest I/O; slowest rebuild
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
This command applies to 7000, 8000, and 9000 models controllers. For 7/8000 series,
|
||
|
|
the rebuild rate also applies to verify and mediascan tasks.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For \*(L"rebuild\*(R" background task description, see command \fB/cx show rebuild\fR.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBset\fR \fIrebuildmode=<adaptive|lowlatency\fR>"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx set rebuildmode=<adaptive|lowlatency>"
|
||
|
|
When a rebuild background task is active, if the task rate is set to high
|
||
|
|
(i.e., low I/O rate), the system latency increases and performance is negatively
|
||
|
|
affected. This command allows you to offset this condition by setting the rebuild
|
||
|
|
mode to low latency. This setting will \*(L"throttle\*(R" the background task and allow
|
||
|
|
host Reads to complete, thus improving performance.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The rebuild mode has two settings: \*(L"Adaptive\*(R" and \*(L"Low latency\*(R". The Adaptive
|
||
|
|
setting tells the controller to keep its current background activity task policy
|
||
|
|
and it is the default. The Low Latency setting has been described above.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
This command is associated with the rebuild task rate, please also see /cx set
|
||
|
|
rebuildrate.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
This command is supported on the 9650SE controller with Release 9.5.2 or later,
|
||
|
|
and for the 9690SA and higher model controllers.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR Setting rebuildmode to 'low latency' and rebuildrate to '1' is not recommended
|
||
|
|
when I/O is active, because in that case, the rebuild as a background task may never
|
||
|
|
complete. Thus, this setting should be used with care.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c1 set rebuildmode=lowlatency
|
||
|
|
\& Setting Rebuild background task mode on /c1 to [lowlatency] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
See also:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show rebuildmode
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set rebuildrate=<1..5>
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show rebuildrate
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBset\fR \fIrebuildrate=<1..5\fR>"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx set rebuildrate=<1..5>"
|
||
|
|
The execution priority relative to I/O operations for the rebuild background task
|
||
|
|
is the rebuild task rate. The rebuild task rate set to \*(L"fastest\*(R" will consume all
|
||
|
|
of the controller's resources and will correspondingly deter I/O operations.
|
||
|
|
Accordingly, the converse is also true.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
This task rate is of the range [1..5], where 5 denotes the setting of fastest
|
||
|
|
background task and slowest I/O, as follows:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 5
|
||
|
|
\& 5 = fastest rebuild; slowest I/O
|
||
|
|
\& 4 = faster rebuild; slower I/O
|
||
|
|
\& 3 = balanced between rebuild and I/O
|
||
|
|
\& 2 = faster I/O; slower rebuild
|
||
|
|
\& 1 = fastest I/O; slowest rebuild
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
This command applies to the 7000, 8000, and 9000 models controllers.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c1 set rebuildrate=2
|
||
|
|
\& Setting Rebuild background task rate on /c1 to [2] (faster I/O) ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
See also:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show rebuildrate
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set rebuildmode=<adaptive|lowlatency>
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show rebuildmode
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBset\fR \fIverify=<enable|disable|1..5\fR>"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx set verify=<enable|disable|1..5>"
|
||
|
|
This command will \fIenable\fR or \fIdisable\fR all of the scheduled verify background
|
||
|
|
tasks on controller \fI/cx\fR. When enabled, only registered or scheduled
|
||
|
|
tasks will execute. Any previous on-demand (manually started) background tasks
|
||
|
|
will be ignored.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
This command allows you to set the verify task rate. Setting this value to 5
|
||
|
|
implies that the verify will consume 100% of the controller's resource (cpu time,
|
||
|
|
I/O bandwidth) to complete its task. Conversely setting this value to 1 implies
|
||
|
|
that I/O operations has higher priority and the verify will consume minimal
|
||
|
|
resource. In other words:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 5
|
||
|
|
\& 5 = fastest verify; slowest I/O
|
||
|
|
\& 4 = faster verify; slower I/O
|
||
|
|
\& 3 = balanced between verify and I/O
|
||
|
|
\& 2 = faster I/O; slower verify
|
||
|
|
\& 1 = fastest I/O; slowest verify
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Note that this feature only applies to 9000 and higher controller models.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For \*(L"verify\*(R" background task description, see command \fB/cx show verify\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR Enabling verify with this command is equivalent to using the
|
||
|
|
\&'/cx set verify=advanced' command for 9650SE and 9690SA controllers. For
|
||
|
|
9650SE and higher model controllers, disabling verify with this command is
|
||
|
|
equivalent to using the '/cx set verify=basic' command without specifying
|
||
|
|
a preferred start day and time (the default of Friday midnight/Saturday
|
||
|
|
morning is used.)
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR If you want verify to occur automatically, when enabling the
|
||
|
|
verify schedule you must also remember to enable the autoverify setting for
|
||
|
|
the units to be verified. For more information, see the command
|
||
|
|
\&'/cx/ux set autoverify'.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBset\fR \fIverify=<advanced|basic|1..5\fR>"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx set verify=<advanced|basic|1..5>"
|
||
|
|
This command only applies to controller models 9750, 9690SA and 9650SE with
|
||
|
|
Release 9.5.2 or later.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
This command is effectively the same as the 'set verify' command.
|
||
|
|
Setting verify to \fIadvanced\fR enables the Verify Tasks Schedule, which
|
||
|
|
can include a series of up to 7 days and times. Setting \fIverify\fR to
|
||
|
|
\&\fIbasic\fR creates a weekly schedule with one specific day and time, and
|
||
|
|
disables the series of scheduling slots associated with the advanced
|
||
|
|
verify task schedule.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBset\fR \fIverify=<basic\fR [pref=ddd:hh]>"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx set verify=<basic [pref=ddd:hh]>"
|
||
|
|
This command only applies to 9650SE and higher model controllers.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Using the verify=basic option allows you to set a basic verify schedule
|
||
|
|
that starts each week at the same date and time. With verify=basic, you
|
||
|
|
can specify your preferred day and time, or use the default weekly schedule
|
||
|
|
of Friday midnight/Saturday morning.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
When you set verify=basic, the table of scheduled time slots associated with
|
||
|
|
the advanced Verify Task Schedule is ignored.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Verify=basic is intended to be used with the auto-verify policy for \s-1RAID\s0
|
||
|
|
units, to insure that a unit verify process occurs on a regular
|
||
|
|
basis. Also, for this reason, in systems that support Basic Verify,
|
||
|
|
auto-verify is set to \s-1ON\s0 by default.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR When verify=basic, if you start a manual verify, it will start
|
||
|
|
immediately. When verify=advanced, if you start a manual verify, it will
|
||
|
|
follow the advanced Verify Task Schedule. For more information, see
|
||
|
|
\&\fI/cx/ux start verify\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c3 set verify=basic pref=Fri:23
|
||
|
|
\& Setting /c3 basic verify preferred start time to [Fri, 11:00PM] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBset\fR \fIverifymode=<adaptive|lowlatency\fR>"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx set verifymode=<adaptive|lowlatency>"
|
||
|
|
When a verify background task is active, if the task rate is set to high (i.e.,
|
||
|
|
low I/O rate), the system latency increases and performance is negatively affected.
|
||
|
|
This command allows you to offset this condition by setting the rebuild mode to low
|
||
|
|
latency. This setting will \*(L"throttle\*(R" the background task and allow host Reads to
|
||
|
|
complete, thus improving performance.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The verify mode has two settings: \*(L"Adaptive\*(R" and \*(L"Low latency\*(R". The Adaptive
|
||
|
|
setting tells the controller to keep its current background activity task policy
|
||
|
|
and it is the default. The Low Latency setting has been described above.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
This command is associated with the verify task rate, please also see
|
||
|
|
\&\fI/cx set verifyrate\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
This command is supported on the 9650SE controller with Release 9.5.2 or later
|
||
|
|
and for the 9690SA and higher model controllers.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR Setting verifymode to 'low latency' and verifyrate to '1' is not recommended
|
||
|
|
when I/O is active, because in that case, the verify as a background task may never
|
||
|
|
complete. Thus, this setting should be used with care.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c1 set verifymode=lowlatency
|
||
|
|
\& Setting Verify background task mode on /c1 to [lowlatency] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
See also:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show verifymode
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set verifyrate=<1..5>
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show verifyrate
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBset\fR \fIverifyrate=<1..5\fR>"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx set verifyrate=<1..5>"
|
||
|
|
The execution priority relative to I/O operations for the verify background task
|
||
|
|
is the verify task rate. The verify task rate set to \*(L"fastest\*(R" will consume all
|
||
|
|
of the controller's resources to complete the task and will correspondingly deter
|
||
|
|
I/O operations. Accordingly, the converse is also true.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
This task rate is of the range [1..5], where 5 denotes the setting of fastest
|
||
|
|
background task and slowest I/O, as follows:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 5
|
||
|
|
\& 5 = fastest verify; slowest I/O
|
||
|
|
\& 4 = faster verify; slower I/O
|
||
|
|
\& 3 = balanced between verify and I/O
|
||
|
|
\& 2 = faster I/O; slower verify
|
||
|
|
\& 1 = fastest I/O; slowest verify
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
This command applies to the 7000, 8000, and 9000 models controllers.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c1 set verifyrate=2
|
||
|
|
\& Setting Verify background task rate on /c1 to [2] (faster I/O) ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
See also:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show verifyrate
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set verifymode=<adaptive|lowlatency>
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show verifymode
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBset\fR \fIselftest=enable|disable\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx set selftest=enable|disable"
|
||
|
|
This command will \fIenable\fR or \fIdisable\fR the \s-1SMART\s0 selftest task on
|
||
|
|
on the specified controller \fI/cx\fR. When enabled, the selftest task will be
|
||
|
|
performed during a scheduled timeslot.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For \*(L"selftest\*(R" background task description, see command \fI/cx show selftest\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost>>/c2 set selftest=enable
|
||
|
|
\& Sending commands to enable all selftests ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBset\fR \fIondegrade=cacheoff|follow\fR (9500S only)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx set ondegrade=cacheoff|follow (9500S only)"
|
||
|
|
This command allows you to set a controller based write cache policy. If the policy
|
||
|
|
is set to \fIcacheoff\fR, then if a unit is degraded, firmware will disable
|
||
|
|
the write-cache on the degraded unit, regardless of what the unit-based policy
|
||
|
|
is. If the policy is set to \fIfollow\fR, then if a unit is degraded, firmware will
|
||
|
|
follow whatever policy has been set for that unit.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBset\fR \fIspinup=nn\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx set spinup=nn"
|
||
|
|
This command allows you to set a controller based disk spin up policy. The value
|
||
|
|
must be a positive integer between 1 and the number of disks/ports supported on
|
||
|
|
the controller (e.g. 4, 8, 12, 16). This policy is used to stagger spin ups of disks
|
||
|
|
at boot time in order to spread the power consumption on the power supply.
|
||
|
|
For example, given a spin up policy of 2, the controller will spin up two disks
|
||
|
|
at a time, pause, and then spin up another 2 disks, and so on. The amount of time
|
||
|
|
to pause can be specified with the spin up stagger time policy.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost>>/c2 set spinup=2
|
||
|
|
\& Setting Disk Spinup Policy on /c2 to [2] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
See also:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show spinup
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set stagger=nn
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show stagger
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBset\fR \fIstagger=nn\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx set stagger=nn"
|
||
|
|
This command allows you to set a controller based disk spin up stagger time
|
||
|
|
policy. The value must be a positive integer between 0 and 60 (seconds). This
|
||
|
|
policy in conjunction with disk spin up policy specifies how the controller
|
||
|
|
should spin up disks at boot time.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost>>/c2 set stagger=3
|
||
|
|
\& Setting Spinup Stagger Time Policy on /c2 to [3] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
See also:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show stagger
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set spinup=nn
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show spinup
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBset\fR \fIdpmstat=<on|off\fR> (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx set dpmstat=<on|off> (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
This command allows you to enable or disable the Drive Performance Monitor
|
||
|
|
(\s-1DPM\s0). By setting \fBdpmstat\fR to \fIon\fR you can enable the gathering of
|
||
|
|
statistics for drives when I/O is running. These statistics can be helpful when
|
||
|
|
troublshooting performance problems.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
You can see whether the Perfromance Monitor is currently running and dispaly
|
||
|
|
a statistic summary by using the command \fI/cx show dpmstat\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The \s-1DPM\s0 is disabled by default since there is overhead in maintaining the
|
||
|
|
statistics, and would be disabled following a reboot or power\-on.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Note that turning off \s-1DPM\s0 does not clear the statistical data that has been
|
||
|
|
recorded. To clear the data, use the command \fI/cx/px set dpmstat=clear\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0 set dpmstat=off
|
||
|
|
\& Setting Drive Performance Monitoring on /c0 to [off]... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For more information regarding the \s-1DPM\s0 and statistics gathered, please see
|
||
|
|
the section on 'Drive Performance Monitor' of the Features section, or the
|
||
|
|
\&\*(L"\s-1SATA\s0 \s-1RAID\s0 Sofware User Guide, Version 9.5.1\*(R" in 3ware \s-1SAS\s0.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBset\fR \fIautocarve=<on|off\fR> (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx set autocarve=<on|off> (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
This command allows you to set the Auto-Carving policy to be on or off.
|
||
|
|
When the Auto-Carving policy is \s-1ON\s0, any unit larger than the carvesize
|
||
|
|
is created or migrated into one or more carvesize volumes and a remaining
|
||
|
|
volume. Each volume can be treated as an individual disk with its own
|
||
|
|
file system. The default carvesize is 2 \s-1TB\s0. This feature is useful for
|
||
|
|
operating systems limited to 2 \s-1TB\s0 filesystems.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For example a 3 \s-1TB\s0 array would be configured into a 2 \s-1TB\s0 and a 1 \s-1TB\s0
|
||
|
|
volumes with default carvesize. For a 5 \s-1TB\s0 array, two 2 \s-1TB\s0 volumes
|
||
|
|
would be created plus a 1 \s-1TB\s0 volume.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
When autocarve policy is off, all the new unit creation or migration
|
||
|
|
consists of one single volume.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0 set autocarve=on
|
||
|
|
\& Setting Auto-Carving Policy on /c0 to on ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
See also:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show autocarve
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set carvesize=<1024..32768>
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show carvesize`
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBset\fR \fIcarvesize=<1024..32768\fR> (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx set carvesize=<1024..32768> (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
This command allows you to set the carve size in \s-1GB\s0. This feature works
|
||
|
|
together with the autocarve above. See "\fI/cx\fR \fBset\fR \fIautocarve=on|off\fR"
|
||
|
|
command above for details.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0 set carvesize=2000
|
||
|
|
\& Setting Auto-Carving Size on /c0 to 2000 GB ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
See also:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show carvesize`
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set autocarve=<on|off>
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show autocarve
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBset\fR \fIautorebuild=<on|off\fR> (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx set autorebuild=<on|off> (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
This command sets the Auto-Rebuild policy of the specified controller to be \s-1ON\s0
|
||
|
|
or \s-1OFF\s0. If there is a degraded unit and the policy is set to \s-1ON\s0, the controller
|
||
|
|
firmware will choose drives in the following order of priority, for a candidate
|
||
|
|
to perform the rebuild operation:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
1. Smallest usable capacity spare.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
2. Smallest usable unconfigured drive.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
3. Smallest usable capacity failed drive.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
If the policy is \s-1OFF\s0, spares are the only candidate for the rebuild operation.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0 set autorebuild=on
|
||
|
|
\& Setting Auto-Rebuild Policy on /c0 to on ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
See also:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show autorebuild
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBset\fR \fIautodetect=<on|off\fR> \fIdisk=\fR<p:\-p>|[all] (9000 series)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx set autodetect=<on|off> disk=<p:-p>|[all] (9000 series)"
|
||
|
|
This command is associated with the stagger spin-up feature during hot\-plug.
|
||
|
|
With stagger spin-up enabled (see command \fB/cx set spinup\fR and \fB/cx set stagger\fR),
|
||
|
|
during reset or power on, the controller will try to detect all drives that are
|
||
|
|
present and spin them up staggered in time, allowing the spread of power consumption
|
||
|
|
on the power supply. Upon drive hot\-plug, that is, \fBnot\fR on power-on or reset, the
|
||
|
|
default behavior of the system is automatic detection of the drives and immediate
|
||
|
|
spin\-up. This command would change the default behavior and set the controller
|
||
|
|
to spin-up as the system at power\-on.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The \fBautodetect=on|off\fR attribute configures the controller drive auto-detect
|
||
|
|
setting. It should be set to \fIoff\fR to initiate the sequence for the stagger
|
||
|
|
spin-up during hot-plug process. After the drives are inserted or re-inserted to
|
||
|
|
the ports (as specified in the second attribute decribed below), it should be set
|
||
|
|
back to \fIon\fR to complete the configuration process for the controller to initiate
|
||
|
|
the drive spin\-up.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The \fBdisk=\fR\fB<p:\-p\fR>\fB|all\fR attribute specifies one or many disks (i.e., drives
|
||
|
|
or ports). If a port is empty (i.e., no drive inserted), the echo message of the
|
||
|
|
command refers to a port, and if there is already a drive inserted the message
|
||
|
|
refers to a disk. The example below shows that auto detect has been set to \fIoff\fR
|
||
|
|
to initiate stagger spin-up during hot\-plug, where \fIport 3\fR was empty and
|
||
|
|
\&\fIports 5\fR and \fI6\fR had drives inserted.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost>> /c0 set autodetect=off disk=3:5-6
|
||
|
|
\& Setting Auto-Detect on /c0 to [off] for port [3] and for disk [5,6]... Done
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
If \*(L"disk=all\*(R", then all of the drives or ports for that controller are specified.
|
||
|
|
for example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost>> /c0 set autodetect=off disk=all
|
||
|
|
\& Setting Auto-Detect on /c2 to [off] for all disks/ports... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
To illustrate how the command is used, here is a usage scenario:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 6
|
||
|
|
\& 1. Issue command (set autodetect=off) to disable automatic detection of the
|
||
|
|
\& ports for staggered spin-up.
|
||
|
|
\& 2. Pull out the drives of the specified ports (if not empty).
|
||
|
|
\& 3. Replace the drives previously removed at the ports specified.
|
||
|
|
\& 4. Issue command (set autodetect=on) to enable auto detect of the ports with
|
||
|
|
\& the newly inserted drives.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The above procedure would spin-up the newly inserted drives in a staggered manner.
|
||
|
|
Please note that the command takes longer to complete for ports that do not have
|
||
|
|
drives inserted.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBstart\fR \fImediascan\fR (7000/8000 only)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx start mediascan (7000/8000 only)"
|
||
|
|
The commands starts a media scan operation on the specified controller \fI/cx\fR.
|
||
|
|
It provides media scrubbing for validating functionality of a disk. This
|
||
|
|
includes bad block detection and remapping, etc. This command applies to
|
||
|
|
7000/8000 controllers only.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx\fR \fBstop\fR \fImediascan\fR (7000/8000 only)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx stop mediascan (7000/8000 only)"
|
||
|
|
The commands stops a media scan operation on the specified controller \fI/cx\fR.
|
||
|
|
It provides media scrubbing for validating functionality of a disk. This
|
||
|
|
includes bad block detection and remapping, etc. This command applies to
|
||
|
|
7000/8000 controllers only.
|
||
|
|
.Sh "Logical Disk Object Messages"
|
||
|
|
.IX Subsection "Logical Disk Object Messages"
|
||
|
|
Logical Disk Object Messages are commands (a.k.a. methods/messages) that are
|
||
|
|
sent to an instance of a Logical Disk (a.k.a. unit) such as \fI/c0/u0\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Note that in the output of unit information tables that follows, the column
|
||
|
|
\&\*(L"Port\*(R" may be \*(L"VPort\*(R" depending on the applicable controller.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBshow\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux show"
|
||
|
|
This command shows summary information on the specified unit \fI/cx/ux\fR.
|
||
|
|
If the unit consists of sub-units as with \s-1RAID\-10\s0 and \s-1RAID\-50\s0 arrays,
|
||
|
|
then each sub-unit is further presented. If the Auto-Carving policy
|
||
|
|
was \s-1ON\s0 at the time the unit was created and the unit is over the carve size
|
||
|
|
(default is 2TB\-1), multiple volumes will be created and displayed
|
||
|
|
at the end of the unit summary table.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The following example shows a \s-1RAID\-50\s0 (u0) and a \s-1RAID\-0\s0 (u1) array,
|
||
|
|
respectively:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/u0 show
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 11
|
||
|
|
\& Unit UnitType Status %RCmpl %V/I/M Port Stripe Size(GB)
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& u0 RAID-50 OK - - - 64K 596.05
|
||
|
|
\& u0-0 RAID-5 OK - - - 64K -
|
||
|
|
\& u0-0-0 DISK OK - - p0 - 149.10
|
||
|
|
\& u0-0-1 DISK OK - - p2 - 149.10
|
||
|
|
\& u0-0-2 DISK OK - - p3 - 149.10
|
||
|
|
\& u0-1 RAID-5 OK - - - 64K -
|
||
|
|
\& u0-1-0 DISK OK - - p4 - 149.10
|
||
|
|
\& u0-1-1 DISK OK - - p5 - 149.10
|
||
|
|
\& u0-1-2 DISK OK - - p6 - 149.10
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/u1 show
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 17
|
||
|
|
\& Unit UnitType Status %RCmpl %V/I/M Port Stripe Size(GB)
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& u1 RAID-0 OK - - - 64K 3576.06
|
||
|
|
\& u1-0 DISK OK - - p0 - 298.01
|
||
|
|
\& u1-1 DISK OK - - p1 - 298.01
|
||
|
|
\& u1-2 DISK OK - - p2 - 298.01
|
||
|
|
\& u1-3 DISK OK - - p3 - 298.01
|
||
|
|
\& u1-4 DISK OK - - p4 - 298.01
|
||
|
|
\& u1-5 DISK OK - - p5 - 298.01
|
||
|
|
\& u1-6 DISK OK - - p6 - 298.01
|
||
|
|
\& u1-7 DISK OK - - p7 - 298.01
|
||
|
|
\& u1-8 DISK OK - - p8 - 298.01
|
||
|
|
\& u1-9 DISK OK - - p9 - 298.01
|
||
|
|
\& u1-10 DISK OK - - p10 - 298.01
|
||
|
|
\& u1-11 DISK OK - - p11 - 298.01
|
||
|
|
\& u1/v0 Volume - - - - - 2047.00
|
||
|
|
\& u1/v1 Volume - - - - - 1529.06
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
One application of this command is to see which sub-unit of a degraded unit has
|
||
|
|
caused the unit to degrade and which disk within that sub-unit is the source of
|
||
|
|
degradation.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The unit information table shows the percentage completion of the processes associated
|
||
|
|
with the unit with \fB%RCompl\fR (percent Rebuild completion) and \fB%V/I/M\fR (percent
|
||
|
|
Verifying, Initializing, or Migrating).
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Unlike other array types, \s-1RAID\-6\s0 may potentially have 2 or more parity drives
|
||
|
|
and can tolerate two or more failures within a unit. As a result, an added
|
||
|
|
notation is used to describe \f(CW%RCompl\fR and \f(CW%V\fR/I/M, and these are (A) and (P).
|
||
|
|
\&\fB(A)\fR denotes that the percentage completion is for the current
|
||
|
|
active process, and \fB(P)\fR denotes that the percentage completion is for
|
||
|
|
the current paused process. For example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& /localhost> /c0 show unitstatus
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& Unit UnitType Status %RCmpl %V/I/M Stripe Size(GB) Cache AVrfy
|
||
|
|
\& ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& u0 RAID-6 REBUILD-VERIFY 50%(A) 70%(P) 64k 298.22 ON OFF
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Here, the \s-1RAID\-6\s0 unit \fIu0\fR is in the Rebuild-Verify state, with percentage Rebuild
|
||
|
|
completion of 50% and is the current active process. The process of either
|
||
|
|
Verifing, Initializing, or Migrating is at 70% and it is a paused process.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For the unit display:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/u0 show
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 15
|
||
|
|
\& Unit UnitType Status %RCmpl %V/I/M Port Stripe Size(GB)
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& u0 RAID-6 REBUILD-VERIFY 50%(A) 70%(P) - 64K 2683.80
|
||
|
|
\& u0-0 DISK OK - - p0 - 298.20
|
||
|
|
\& u0-1 DISK OK - - p1 - 298.20
|
||
|
|
\& u0-2 DISK OK - - p2 - 298.20
|
||
|
|
\& u0-3 DISK REBUILDING 80% - p3 - 298.20
|
||
|
|
\& u0-4 DISK OK - - p4 - 298.20
|
||
|
|
\& u0-5 DISK OK - - p5 - 298.20
|
||
|
|
\& u0-6 DISK OK - - p6 - 298.20
|
||
|
|
\& u0-7 DISK OK - - p7 - 298.20
|
||
|
|
\& u0-8 DISK REBUILD-PAUSE 20% - p8 - 298.20
|
||
|
|
\& u0-9 DISK OK - - p9 - 298.20
|
||
|
|
\& u0-10 DISK OK - - p10 - 298.20
|
||
|
|
\& u0-11 DISK OK - - p11 - 298.20
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
In the above example, the \s-1RAID\-6\s0 unit \fIu0\fR has 3 parity drives. Currently,
|
||
|
|
it has two \s-1REBUILDING\s0 drives; one is in the active rebuilding state and
|
||
|
|
another is in the paused rebuild state. The unit is also in the paused
|
||
|
|
\&\s-1VERIFY\s0 state. Like the output of the '/cx show unitstatus' command, the
|
||
|
|
top-level unit status and percentage show the composite unit status and
|
||
|
|
composite rebuild percentage.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBshow\fR Attribute Attribute ..."
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux show Attribute Attribute ..."
|
||
|
|
This command shows the current setting of the given \fIattribute(s)\fR. One or
|
||
|
|
many attributes can be requested. An invalid attribute will terminate the loop.
|
||
|
|
Possible attributes are: initializestatus, name (9000 series), qpolicy (9550SX
|
||
|
|
and higher), rebuildstatus, serial (9000 series), status, storsave(9550SX
|
||
|
|
and higher), verifystatus, volumes (9000 series), autoverify, cache or wrcache,
|
||
|
|
rdcache, ignoreECC, identify, rapidrecovery, and parity.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The attributes volumes, name, serial, autoverify, and ignoreECC are applicable
|
||
|
|
to 9000 series controllers; the attributes qpolicy, storsave, and identify are
|
||
|
|
only applicable to 9550SX and higher nodel controllers; the attribute
|
||
|
|
rapidrecovery is only applicable to 9650SE and newer controllers; the
|
||
|
|
attribute parity is only applicable to the \s-1RAID\-6\s0 array; and the rdcache attribute
|
||
|
|
is applicable for the 9650SE (with Release 9.5.2 or later) and newer controllers.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBshow\fR \fIstatus\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux show status"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the status of the specified unit.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/u0 show status
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/u5 status = OK
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBshow\fR \fIrebuildstatus\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux show rebuildstatus"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the rebuildstatus (if any) of the specified unit.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/u5 show rebuildstatus
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/u5 is not rebuilding, its current state is OK
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBshow\fR \fIverifystatus\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux show verifystatus"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the verifystatus (if any) of the specified unit.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/u5 show verifystatus
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/u5 is not verifying, its current state is OK
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBshow\fR \fIinitializestatus\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux show initializestatus"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the initializestatus (if any) of the specified unit.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/u5 show initializestatus
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/u5 is not initializing, its current state is OK
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBshow\fR \fIvolumes\fR (9000 series)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux show volumes (9000 series)"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the number of volumes in the specified unit.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/u5 show volumes
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/u5 Volume(s) = 2
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBshow\fR \fIname\fR (9000 series)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux show name (9000 series)"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the name (if any) of the specified unit.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/u5 show name
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/u5 Name = Joe
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBshow\fR \fIserial\fR (9000 series)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux show serial (9000 series)"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the unique serial number of the specified unit.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/u5 show serial
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/u5 Serial Number = 12345678901234567890
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBshow\fR \fIqpolicy\fR (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux show qpolicy (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the queue policy of the specified unit. If the queue
|
||
|
|
policy is \s-1ON\s0, the firmware utilizes the drive queueing policy. Some drives
|
||
|
|
do not support any queueing policy, in that case this policy setting will
|
||
|
|
have no effect on those drives.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For a spare unit, drive queuing is not meaningful or applicable.
|
||
|
|
For example, when a spare becomes a true unit in migration, it would adopt
|
||
|
|
the queue policy of the \*(L"new\*(R" unit. Thus, this commmand does not show the
|
||
|
|
queue policy for the spare unit type.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/u5 show qpolicy
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/u5 Command Queuing Policy = on
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBshow\fR \fIstorsave\fR (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux show storsave (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the storsave policy (protect|balance|perform) of the
|
||
|
|
specified unit.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For detail, see \fI/cx/ux\fR \fIset\fR \fIstorsave=protect|balance|perform\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/u5 show storsave
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/u5 Command Storsave Policy = protect
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBshow\fR \fIidentify\fR (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux show identify (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the identify status of the specified unit within an enclosure.
|
||
|
|
If set to \s-1ON\s0, the LEDs of the drive slots associated with the specified unit would
|
||
|
|
blink.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/u0 show identify
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/u0 Identify status = on.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
See also:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& /cx/ux set identify=<on|off>
|
||
|
|
\& /cx/px set identify=<on|off>
|
||
|
|
\& /cx/px show identify
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBshow\fR \fIautoverify\fR (9000 series)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux show autoverify (9000 series)"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the current autoverify setting of the specified unit.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/u0 show autoverify
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/u0 Auto Verify Policy = off
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBshow\fR \fIcache\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux show cache"
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.PD 0
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBshow\fR \fIwrcache\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux show wrcache"
|
||
|
|
.PD
|
||
|
|
This command reports the current write cache state of the specified unit.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/u0 show cache
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/u0 Write Cache = on
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBshow\fR \fIrdcache\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux show rdcache"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the current read cache setting of the specified unit.
|
||
|
|
The state of the read cache could be either \fBbasic\fR, \fBintelligent\fR, or
|
||
|
|
\&\fBoff\fR. \*(L"Off\*(R" denotes that the read cache is disabled. For more information
|
||
|
|
on the read cache modes of Basic and Intelligent, please see \fI/cx/ux set
|
||
|
|
rdcache\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
This command is supported on the 9650SE (with Release 9.5.2 or later) and
|
||
|
|
newer controllers. This feature is supported in all arrays types.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/u0 show rdcache
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/u0 Read Cache = Intelligent
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
See also:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& /cx/ux set rdcache=<basic|intelligent|off>
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBshow\fR \fIignoreECC\fR (9000 series)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux show ignoreECC (9000 series)"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the current setting of the ignoreECC policy for the
|
||
|
|
specified unit.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/u0 show ignoreECC
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/u0 Ignore ECC policy = off
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBshow\fR \fIrapidrecovery\fR (9650SE and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux show rapidrecovery (9650SE and higher)"
|
||
|
|
This command shows the Rapid \s-1RAID\s0 Recovery policy for the specified unit.
|
||
|
|
This policy can be \fIall\fR, \fIrebuild\fR, or \fIdisable\fR. For more information
|
||
|
|
about the policy settings, please see \fI/cx/ux set rapidrecovery=<all|rebuild|disable\fR>.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
This command only applies to the 9650SE (with Release 9.5.1) and newer controllers,
|
||
|
|
as well as redundant arrays only.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/u0 show rapidrecovery
|
||
|
|
\& /c1/u0 Rapid RAID Recovery policy setting = disable
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR The attribute \fIrapidrecovery\fR in the command may be abbreviated as \*(L"rrr\*(R".
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBshow all\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux show all"
|
||
|
|
This command shows the current setting of all of the above attributes.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
If the Auto-Carving policy was on at the time the unit was created and the unit is
|
||
|
|
over the carve size (default is 2 \s-1TB\s0 \- 1), multiple volumes will be created and
|
||
|
|
will be displayed at the end of the summary information.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/u1 show all
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 7
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/u1 status = OK
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/u1 is not rebuilding, its current state is OK
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/u1 is not verifying, its current state is OK
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/u1 is not initializing, its current state is OK
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/u1 volume(s) = 2
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/u1 name = 1234567
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/u1 serial number = C6CPR7JMF98DA8001DF0
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/u1 show
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 17
|
||
|
|
\& Unit UnitType Status %RCmpl %V/I/M Port Stripe Size(GB)
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& u1 RAID-0 OK - - - 64K 3576.06
|
||
|
|
\& u1-0 DISK OK - - p0 - 298.01
|
||
|
|
\& u1-1 DISK OK - - p1 - 298.01
|
||
|
|
\& u1-2 DISK OK - - p2 - 298.01
|
||
|
|
\& u1-3 DISK OK - - p3 - 298.01
|
||
|
|
\& u1-4 DISK OK - - p4 - 298.01
|
||
|
|
\& u1-5 DISK OK - - p5 - 298.01
|
||
|
|
\& u1-6 DISK OK - - p6 - 298.01
|
||
|
|
\& u1-7 DISK OK - - p7 - 298.01
|
||
|
|
\& u1-8 DISK OK - - p8 - 298.01
|
||
|
|
\& u1-9 DISK OK - - p9 - 298.01
|
||
|
|
\& u1-10 DISK OK - - p10 - 298.01
|
||
|
|
\& u1-11 DISK OK - - p11 - 298.01
|
||
|
|
\& u1/v0 Volume - - - - - 2047.00
|
||
|
|
\& u1/v1 Volume - - - - - 1529.06
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBremove\fR [\fInoscan\fR] [\fIquiet\fR]"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux remove [noscan] [quiet]"
|
||
|
|
This command allows you to remove (or export) a \fBunit\fR. Exporting a unit will instruct
|
||
|
|
the firmware to remove the specified unit from its pool of managed units, but retains
|
||
|
|
the \s-1DCB\s0 (Disk Configuration Block) meta\-data. As such the unit can later be imported
|
||
|
|
back. \fInoscan\fR is used to not inform the \s-1OS\s0 of this change. Default is to inform the \s-1OS\s0.
|
||
|
|
The quiet option is for non-interactive mode.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Use caution when using this command. Units that are currently in use or mounted
|
||
|
|
cannot be removed.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBdel\fR [\fInoscan\fR] [\fIquiet\fR]"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux del [noscan] [quiet]"
|
||
|
|
This command allows you to delete a \fBunit\fR. Deleting a unit not only remove the
|
||
|
|
specified unit from the controller's list of managed units, but also \fBdestroys\fR
|
||
|
|
the \s-1DCB\s0 (Disk Configuration Block) meta\-data. Ports (or disks) associated with this
|
||
|
|
unit will now be part of the free pool of managed disks. In another words, once
|
||
|
|
the unit is deleted, all the data on the unit \fBcan not be recovered\fR.
|
||
|
|
\&\fInoscan\fR is used to not inform the \s-1OS\s0 of this change. Default is to inform
|
||
|
|
the \s-1OS\s0. The quiet option is for non-interactive mode.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Use caution when using this command. \fBThis is a destructive command and should be\fR
|
||
|
|
\&\fBused with extreme care\fR. Units that are currently in use or mounted
|
||
|
|
should not be deleted.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBstart\fR \fIrebuild\fR \fIdisk=p\fR [\fIignoreECC\fR]"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux start rebuild disk=p [ignoreECC]"
|
||
|
|
This command allows you to rebuild a \s-1DEGRADED\s0 unit by using the specified \fBdisk=p\fR.
|
||
|
|
Rebuild only applies to redundant arrays such as \s-1RAID\-1\s0, \s-1RAID\-5\s0, \s-1RAID\-10\s0 and \s-1RAID\-50\s0.
|
||
|
|
During rebuild, bad sectors on the source disk will cause the rebuild to fail.
|
||
|
|
You can allow for the operation to continue via \fBignoreECC\fR. Rebuild process is
|
||
|
|
a background task and will change the state of a unit to \s-1REBUILDING\s0. Various
|
||
|
|
\&\fBshow\fR commands also show a percent completion as rebuilding progresses.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Note that the disk to be used to rebuild a unit, must be a \s-1SPARE\s0 or unconfigured
|
||
|
|
disk.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBstart\fR \fIverify\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux start verify"
|
||
|
|
This command starts a background verification process on the specified
|
||
|
|
unit \fI/cx/ux\fR. The following shows the supported matrix as a function of
|
||
|
|
controller model and logical unit type. N/A (Not Applicable) refers to cases
|
||
|
|
where the given logical unit type is not supported on that controller model.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 10
|
||
|
|
\& Model | Raid0 | Raid1 | Raid5 | Raid6 | Raid10 | Raid50 | Single | JBOD | Spare |
|
||
|
|
\& --------+-------+-------+-------+-------+--------+--------+--------+------+-------+
|
||
|
|
\& 7K/8K | No | Yes | Yes | N/A | Yes | N/A | N/A | No | No |
|
||
|
|
\& --------+-------+-------+-------+-------+--------+--------+--------+------+-------+
|
||
|
|
\& 9K | Yes | Yes | Yes | N/A | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes |
|
||
|
|
\& --------+-------+-------+-------+-------+--------+--------+--------+------+-------+
|
||
|
|
\& 9650SE | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes |
|
||
|
|
\& and | | | | | | | | | |
|
||
|
|
\& higher | | | | | | | | | |
|
||
|
|
\& --------+-------+-------+-------+-------+--------+--------+--------+------+-------+
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For 9550SX and earlier controllers and for 9650SE or 9690SA running pre\-9.5.1,
|
||
|
|
when you issue this command the specified verify will begin if the verify schedule is disabled' otherwise it will pause until the next scheduled verify.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The above also applies if you have a 9650SE or 9690SA controller running post\-9.5.1,
|
||
|
|
and have set verify=advanced. If verify=basic, the verify will start immediately.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBpause\fR \fIrebuild\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux pause rebuild"
|
||
|
|
This command allows you to \fBpause\fR the rebuild operation on the specified
|
||
|
|
\&\s-1REBUILDING\s0 unit \fB/cx/ux\fR. This feature is intended for model 7000 and 8000
|
||
|
|
only. Model 9000 has an on-board scheduler where rebuild operations can be
|
||
|
|
scheduled to take place at specified start and stop times.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Rebuild \fBpause\fR function is provided to enable 7000/8000 users to achieve
|
||
|
|
functionality with use of \s-1OS\s0 provided schedulers such as \fIcron\fR\|(8) or, \fIat\fR\|(1)
|
||
|
|
in Linux or user supplied programs.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBresume\fR \fIrebuild\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux resume rebuild"
|
||
|
|
This command allows you to \fBresume\fR the rebuild operation on the specified
|
||
|
|
unit \fB/cx/ux\fR. This feature is intended for model 7000 and 8000 only.
|
||
|
|
Model 9000 has an on-board scheduler where rebuild operations can be scheduled
|
||
|
|
to take place at specified start and stop times.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Rebuild \fBresume\fR function is provided to
|
||
|
|
enable 7000/8000 users to achieve similar functionality with use of \s-1OS\s0 provided
|
||
|
|
schedulers such as \fIcron\fR\|(8) or, \fIat\fR\|(1) in Linux or user supplied programs.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBstop\fR \fIverify\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux stop verify"
|
||
|
|
This command stops a background verification process on the specified
|
||
|
|
unit \fI/cx/ux\fR. The following shows the supported matrix as a function of
|
||
|
|
controller model and logical unit type. N/A (Not Applicable) refers to cases
|
||
|
|
where the given logical unit type is not supported on that controller model.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 10
|
||
|
|
\& Model | Raid0 | Raid1 | Raid5 | Raid6 | Raid10 | Raid50 | Single | JBOD | Spare |
|
||
|
|
\& --------+-------+-------+-------+-------+--------+--------+--------+------+-------+
|
||
|
|
\& 7K/8K | No | Yes | Yes | N/A | Yes | N/A | N/A | No | No |
|
||
|
|
\& --------+-------+-------+-------+-------+--------+--------+--------+------+-------+
|
||
|
|
\& 9K | Yes | Yes | Yes | N/A | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes |
|
||
|
|
\& --------+-------+-------+-------+-------+--------+--------+--------+------+-------+
|
||
|
|
\& 9650SE | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes |
|
||
|
|
\& and | | | | | | | | | |
|
||
|
|
\& higher | | | | | | | | | |
|
||
|
|
\& --------+-------+-------+-------+-------+--------+--------+--------+------+-------+
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Note that if subsequent to this command, one enables the background verify
|
||
|
|
task to follow the scheduled slots, then this on-demand task will be paused
|
||
|
|
until the next scheduled timeslot.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBflush\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux flush"
|
||
|
|
This command allows you to flush the write cache on the specified unit \fI/ux\fR
|
||
|
|
associated with controller \fI/cx\fR. Note that this command does not apply to
|
||
|
|
spare unit types.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBset\fR \fIautoverify=<on|off\fR>"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux set autoverify=<on|off>"
|
||
|
|
This command allows you to turn on/off the autoverify operation on a specified
|
||
|
|
unit \fI/cx/ux\fR. Once the autoverify=on, the \s-1RAID\s0 firmware will pick a time
|
||
|
|
to start the verify process on the unit. If the allocated schedule windows is
|
||
|
|
enabled, the verify process becomes active during the scheduled windows. Otherwise,
|
||
|
|
the firmware will decide when the verify needs to be paused or restarted again before
|
||
|
|
it completes.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
You can use the \fBshow verify\fR command to display the existing schedule
|
||
|
|
windows. The autoverify operation is a continuous verify operation, which takes
|
||
|
|
place within the existing schedule windows (displayed with /cx show verify) if
|
||
|
|
the schedule is enabled. While the \*(L"/cx show verify\*(R" command allows
|
||
|
|
you to see the time for the verify operation, this command allows you to
|
||
|
|
enable or disable the autoverify operation on the specified unit. This feature
|
||
|
|
only applies to 9000 models.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For a newly created unit on the 9650SE (with Release 9.5.1 or later), 9690SA, and
|
||
|
|
9750 controllers, autoverify is set to \s-1ON\s0 by default. For earlier controller models,
|
||
|
|
the default is \s-1OFF\s0.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBset\fR \fIcache=<on|off\fR> [\fIquiet\fR]"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux set cache=<on|off> [quiet]"
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.PD 0
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBset\fR \fIwrcache=<on|off\fR> [\fIquiet\fR]"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux set wrcache=<on|off> [quiet]"
|
||
|
|
.PD
|
||
|
|
This command allows you to enable or disable the write cache on a specified unit
|
||
|
|
\&\fI/cx/ux\fR. This feature is supported on the 7000/8000 and 9000 models. The
|
||
|
|
quiet option is for the non-interactive mode, where no confirmation is requested
|
||
|
|
to proceed. It can be used when the controller has no \s-1BBU\s0 installed. The
|
||
|
|
following is the Raid Type-Model support matrix.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 10
|
||
|
|
\& Model | Raid0 | Raid1 | Raid5 | Raid6 | Raid10 | Raid50 | Single | JBOD | Spare |
|
||
|
|
\& --------+-------+-------+-------+-------+--------+--------+--------+------+-------+
|
||
|
|
\& 7K/8K | Yes | Yes | Yes | N/A | Yes | N/A | N/A | Yes | No |
|
||
|
|
\& --------+-------+-------+-------+-------+--------+--------+--------+------+-------+
|
||
|
|
\& 9K | Yes | Yes | Yes | N/A | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | No |
|
||
|
|
\& --------+-------+-------+-------+-------+--------+--------+--------+------+-------+
|
||
|
|
\& 9650SE | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes |
|
||
|
|
\& and | | | | | | | | | |
|
||
|
|
\& higher | | | | | | | | | |
|
||
|
|
\& --------+-------+-------+-------+-------+--------+--------+--------+------+-------+
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBset\fR \fIrdcache=<basic|intelligent|off\fR>"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux set rdcache=<basic|intelligent|off>"
|
||
|
|
This command allows you to set the read cache to either \fBbasic\fR,
|
||
|
|
\&\fBintelligent\fR, or \fBoff\fR on a specified unit.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBRead Cache Basic\fR is used to store data locally on the controller that
|
||
|
|
has recently been written to media and is likely to be frequently accessed.
|
||
|
|
This improves read access times for applications such as a database that
|
||
|
|
can take advantage of storage caching. Read cache may be disabled without
|
||
|
|
reducing performance for applications that are write intensive, or
|
||
|
|
infrequently read back data recently written.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBRead Cache Intelligent\fR enables the Intelligent Read Prefetch (\s-1IRP\s0) feature.
|
||
|
|
This new feature includes a typical read ahead caching method, which is used
|
||
|
|
to proactively retrieve data from media and store it locally on the controller
|
||
|
|
with the anticipation that it may be requested by the host. For example, the
|
||
|
|
host may read blocks 1, 2, and 3. With read-ahead caching, the controller will
|
||
|
|
also retrieve and hold in its cache blocks 4, 5, and 6 in anticipation of
|
||
|
|
getting those command requests from the host. By loading a larger set of data
|
||
|
|
into the cache, chances are improved that another request can be filled by data
|
||
|
|
that is already in the cache. This can be helpful with applications that are
|
||
|
|
sequential in nature, such as video on demand, video surveillance playback,
|
||
|
|
and restoring from a disk-to-disk backup. Performance benefits of read-ahead
|
||
|
|
are especially pronounced when the host queue depth is low. In addition,
|
||
|
|
read-ahead cache also improves sequential read performance when the unit is
|
||
|
|
degraded. The Intelligent Read Prefetch (\s-1IRP\s0) feature also includes some
|
||
|
|
intelligent and adaptive stream management layer to improve performance at
|
||
|
|
higher queue depth in multiple read only or mixed read/write stream
|
||
|
|
environments. The performance improvements should be seen for most type of
|
||
|
|
arrays and in any modes.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR If Intelligent mode is enabled, the features in Basic mode are also
|
||
|
|
enabled.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The following table provides some recommendations for when to use each Read
|
||
|
|
Cache setting.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 28
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& USE THIS READ CACHE | FOR THIS REASON | EXAMPLE APPLICATIONS
|
||
|
|
\& SETTING | |
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& Intelligent | Sequential applications, | Video on Demand,
|
||
|
|
\& | with a low host command | Video Surveillance
|
||
|
|
\& | command queue depth | Playback
|
||
|
|
\& | | Disk-to-Disk Backup
|
||
|
|
\& | | Restores, File Server
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& Basic | Frequent access to | Database
|
||
|
|
\& | recently written data |
|
||
|
|
\& | |
|
||
|
|
\& | |
|
||
|
|
\& | |
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& Disabled | Applications that | Online Transaction
|
||
|
|
\& | a high queue depth or | Processing (OLTP)
|
||
|
|
\& | perform their own read- |
|
||
|
|
\& | ahead can generate |
|
||
|
|
\& | enough I/O to negate the |
|
||
|
|
\& | benefits of controller |
|
||
|
|
\& | read caching or read- |
|
||
|
|
\& | ahead. This is |
|
||
|
|
\& | especially true for apps |
|
||
|
|
\& | that produce a large |
|
||
|
|
\& | a lot of random I/O. |
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
This command is supported on the 9650SE (with release 9.5.2 or later) and newer
|
||
|
|
controllers. This feature is supported for all arrays types.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/u0 set rdcache=intelligent
|
||
|
|
\& Setting Read Cache Policy on /c0/u0 to [intelligent] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBset\fR \fIidentify=<on|off\fR> (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux set identify=<on|off> (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
This command allows you to identify a unit within an enclosure. If set to \s-1ON\s0,
|
||
|
|
the LEDs of the drive slots associated with the specified unit would blink.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/u0 set identify=on
|
||
|
|
\& Sending Identify request for unit /c0/u0 to [on] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
See also:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& /cx/ux show identify
|
||
|
|
\& /cx/px show identify
|
||
|
|
\& /cx/px set identify=<on|off>
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBset\fR \fIignoreECC=<on|off\fR> (9000 series)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux set ignoreECC=<on|off> (9000 series)"
|
||
|
|
This command allows you to set the ignoreECC policy for a given unit such that during
|
||
|
|
rebuild of the specified unit, which could begin automatically (if the unit is
|
||
|
|
degraded and spare has been defined) or manually, to be applied to the rebuild operation.
|
||
|
|
Setting overwriteECC to on means ignoreECC. This feature only applies to
|
||
|
|
9000 models.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBset\fR \fIname=string\fR (9000 series)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux set name=string (9000 series)"
|
||
|
|
This command allows you to name the unit to an arbitrary name upto 21 characters.
|
||
|
|
No space is allowed within the string. If user likes to use some special characters
|
||
|
|
which the \s-1OS\s0 command shell reserves such as '<', '>', '!', and '&', etc in the name
|
||
|
|
string, the user has to use quote "" around the name string in order to bypass the
|
||
|
|
command shell. Users can use this
|
||
|
|
name in conjunction with the unit serial number (which created at the unit creation
|
||
|
|
time) to cross reference with the unit. It is user's responsibility to give unique
|
||
|
|
or redundant names on all units. This feature only applies to 9000 models.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBset\fR \fIqpolicy=<on|off\fR> (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux set qpolicy=<on|off> (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
This command presents the queue policy of the firmware. If the queue policy is
|
||
|
|
on, the firmware utilizes the drive queueing policy. Some drives
|
||
|
|
do not support any queueing policy, this policy will have no effect on
|
||
|
|
those drives.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For a spare, drive queuing is not meaningful or applicable. For example, when a
|
||
|
|
spare undergo unit migration and becomes a true unit, it adopts the queue policy
|
||
|
|
of the \*(L"new\*(R" unit. Thus, this commmand does not set the queue policy for the
|
||
|
|
unit type spare.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/u5 set qpolicy = on
|
||
|
|
\& Setting Command Queuing Policy for unit /c0/u5 to [on] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBset\fR \fIrapidrecovery=<all|rebuild|disable\fR> (9650SE and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux set rapidrecovery=<all|rebuild|disable> (9650SE and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.PD 0
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBset\fR \fIrapidrecovery=<disable\fR> [\fIquiet\fR] (9650SE and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux set rapidrecovery=<disable> [quiet] (9650SE and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.PD
|
||
|
|
This command sets the Rapid \s-1RAID\s0 Recovery policy for the specified unit.
|
||
|
|
Rapid \s-1RAID\s0 Recovery can speed up the rebuild process, and it can speed up
|
||
|
|
the initialize and verify tasks for redundant arrays in the \s-1RAID\s0 system
|
||
|
|
upon the event of an unclean system shutdown. This feature allows for
|
||
|
|
expedited boot-up time in the event of an unclean shutdown. Setting this
|
||
|
|
option to all applies the policy to the rebuild, initialize and verify
|
||
|
|
tasks at reboot. Setting it to rebuild applies the policy to the rebuild
|
||
|
|
tasks only. If the policy is set to disable, then none of the tasks would
|
||
|
|
be sped up. (Note: In the command \*(L"rapidrecovery\*(R" may be abbreviated as
|
||
|
|
\&\*(L"rrr\*(R".)
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR The default setting of Rapid \s-1RAID\s0 Recovery is 'all' for redundant
|
||
|
|
arrays. For non-redundant arrays the default is disabled.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR There is a quiet option for setting the Rapid \s-1RAID\s0 Recovery policy
|
||
|
|
to disable. The quiet option is provided for scripting purposes and is
|
||
|
|
applicable to the \fIdisable\fR setting only.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/u0 set rapidrecovery=all
|
||
|
|
\& Setting Rapid RAID Recovery policy on /c1/u0 to [all] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR Rapid \s-1RAID\s0 Recovery is not supported over migration.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBset\fR \fIstorsave=<protect|balance|perform\fR> [\fIquiet\fR] (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux set storsave=<protect|balance|perform> [quiet] (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
This command sets the storsave policy of the specified unit to be either protect, balance,
|
||
|
|
or perform when the unit write cache is enabled.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
This feature is available for the 9550SX and higher model controllers only. There is
|
||
|
|
a tradeoff among the available settings. The following description about the settings
|
||
|
|
should help you to decide which one is suitable for your applications. The
|
||
|
|
\&\fIprotect\fR mode is the default setting.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBprotect\fR \*(-- provides the maximum data protection among the controller settings.
|
||
|
|
When user sets storsave to \fIprotect\fR, it means:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
1. \*(L"Write Cache\*(R" will be disabled when the unit becomes \*(L"\s-1DEGRADED\s0\*(R",
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
2. all data flushing from controller cache will be flushed to media, and
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
3. incoming \s-1FUA\s0 (Force Unit Access) host request will be ignored if a \s-1BBU\s0 is
|
||
|
|
installed and enabled; Otherwise, will be honored.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBperform\fR \*(-- provides the maximum performance and less data protection among the
|
||
|
|
controller settings. When user sets storsave to \fIperform\fR, it means:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
1. \*(L"Write Cache\*(R" will not be disabled when the unit becomes \*(L"\s-1DEGRADED\s0\*(R",
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
2. all data flushing from controller cache will be flushed to disk, and
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
3. incoming \s-1FUA\s0 (Force Unit Access) host request will be honored.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR When storsave is set to \fIperform\fR, a warning about data loss in the
|
||
|
|
event of power failure is displayed, followed by a prompt to continue. If you
|
||
|
|
want to skip the confirmation, use the [\fIquiet\fR] option to bypass.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBbalance\fR \*(-- provides more data protection than perform mode but less data
|
||
|
|
protection than protect mode, and provides better performance than protect
|
||
|
|
mode but less performance than perform mode. When user sets the storsave
|
||
|
|
to \fIbalance\fR, it means:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
1. \*(L"Write Cache\*(R" will not be disabled when the unit becomes \*(L"\s-1DEGRADED\s0\*(R",
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
2. all data flushing from controller cache will be flushed to media if a
|
||
|
|
\&\s-1BBU\s0 is installed and enabled; Otherwise, will be flushed to disk only, and
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
3. incoming \s-1FUA\s0 (Force Unit Access) host request will be ignored if a \s-1BBU\s0 is
|
||
|
|
installed and enabled; Otherwise, will be honored.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/u5 set storsave=protect
|
||
|
|
\& Setting Command Storsave Policy for unit /c0/u5 to [protect] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ux\fR \fBmigrate\fR type=\fIRaidType\fR [disk=\fIp:\-p\fR] [group=\fI3|4|5|6|7|8|..|16\fR] [stripe=\fIStripe\fR] [\fInoscan\fR] [\fInocache\fR] [\fIautoverify\fR]"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ux migrate type=RaidType [disk=p:-p] [group=3|4|5|6|7|8|..|16] [stripe=Stripe] [noscan] [nocache] [autoverify]"
|
||
|
|
This feature is only available with 9000 series of controllers.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
This command allows you to migrate an existing unit (aka source) to a unit with
|
||
|
|
\&\fItype=RaidType\fR (aka destination), to increase capacity, change the \s-1RAID\s0 level (with
|
||
|
|
the same or increased capacity), or change the stripe size.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The unit that results from the migration (destination unit) is subject to similar
|
||
|
|
rules and policies that apply when creating a new unit. For example, a valid number
|
||
|
|
of disks and parameters must be specified. The destination unit must use all source
|
||
|
|
disks and potentially augment the number of disks in the \fBdisk=\f(BIp:\-p\fB\fR disk list.
|
||
|
|
Unspecified parameters are assigned default values (stripe size of 64K, write
|
||
|
|
cache enabled, autoverify disabled, and ignoreECC disabled).
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The unit to be migrated (source unit) must be in a normal state (not degraded,
|
||
|
|
initializing, or rebuilding) before the migration. If the source unit is of type
|
||
|
|
\&\s-1RAID\-1\s0 and the destination unit is of type single, the disk-specifier of the
|
||
|
|
migration command [disk=\fIp:\-p\fR] is actually not optional and must \fBnot\fR be included
|
||
|
|
in the command. The drives in the \s-1RAID\-1\s0 array would become multiple units of type
|
||
|
|
single after the migration, and the source drives are the destination drives.
|
||
|
|
Specifying more drives with the \*(L"disk=\*(R" option would return an error.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Both source unit name and serial number will be carried over to the destination
|
||
|
|
unit. However, the \s-1RAID\-1\s0 to single migration path is a special case. In this case,
|
||
|
|
the \fBmigrate\fR command splits both drives into two identical single disks. The
|
||
|
|
source unit name will be duplicated on the destination units, or single disks,
|
||
|
|
but the source unit serial number will \fBnot\fR be carried over to new unit. The
|
||
|
|
new destination unit will have its own serial number.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBtype=RaidType\fR consists of the destination unit \s-1RAID\s0 type as in \fBraid0\fR, \fBraid1\fR,
|
||
|
|
\&\fBraid5\fR, \fBraid10\fR, \fBraid50\fR, \fBraid6\fR, or \fBsingle\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For example \*(L"type=raid5\*(R" indicates the destination unit is \s-1RAID\-5\s0.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The following table illustrates valid migration paths:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 20
|
||
|
|
\& Src/Dst | Raid0 | Raid1 | Raid5 | Raid10 | Raid50 | Single | JBOD | Spare | Raid6 |
|
||
|
|
\& --------+-------+-------+-------+--------+--------+--------+------+-------+-------+
|
||
|
|
\& Raid0 | Y | N | Y | Y | Y | N | N | N | Y |
|
||
|
|
\& --------+-------+-------+-------+--------+--------+--------+------+-------+-------+
|
||
|
|
\& Raid1 | Y | N | Y | Y | Y | Y | N | N | Y |
|
||
|
|
\& --------+-------+-------+-------+--------+--------+--------+------+-------+-------+
|
||
|
|
\& Raid5 | Y | N | Y | Y | Y | N | N | N | Y |
|
||
|
|
\& --------+-------+-------+-------+--------+--------+--------+------+-------+-------+
|
||
|
|
\& Raid10 | Y | N | Y | Y | Y | N | N | N | Y |
|
||
|
|
\& --------+-------+-------+-------+--------+--------+--------+------+-------+-------+
|
||
|
|
\& Raid50 | Y | N | Y | Y | Y | N | N | N | Y |
|
||
|
|
\& --------+-------+-------+-------+--------+--------+--------+------+-------+-------+
|
||
|
|
\& Single | Y | Y | Y | Y | Y | N | N | N | Y |
|
||
|
|
\& --------+-------+-------+-------+--------+--------+--------+------+-------+-------+
|
||
|
|
\& JBOD | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N |
|
||
|
|
\& --------+-------+-------+-------+--------+--------+--------+------+-------+-------+
|
||
|
|
\& Spare | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N |
|
||
|
|
\& --------+-------+-------+-------+--------+--------+--------+------+-------+-------+
|
||
|
|
\& Raid6 | Y | N | Y | Y | Y | N | N | N | Y |
|
||
|
|
\& --------+-------+-------+-------+--------+--------+--------+------+-------+-------+
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR You can only migrate a unit to a \s-1RAID\s0 level that has the same or larger
|
||
|
|
capacity as the exisiting one. A four-drive \s-1RAID\-5\s0 unit can migrate to a four-drive
|
||
|
|
\&\s-1RAID\-0\s0, but a four-drive \s-1RAID\-0\s0 unit cannot migrate to a four-drive \s-1RAID\-5\s0, without
|
||
|
|
adding another drive, due to the need for additional storage capacity for parity bits.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBdisk=p:\-p\fR consists of a list of ports or vports (disks) to be used in addition
|
||
|
|
to the source disks in the construction of the destination unit. One or more ports
|
||
|
|
can be specified. Multiple ports can be specified using \fB\*(L":\*(R"\fR or \fB\*(L"\-\*(R"\fR as port
|
||
|
|
index separators. A dash indicates a range and can be mixed with \*(L":\*(R". For example
|
||
|
|
\&\fBdisk=0:1:2\-5:9:12\fR indicates port 0, 1, 2 thru 5 (inclusive), 9 and 12.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBgroup=3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12|13|14|15|16\fR is \fBonly\fR applicable to \fBtype=raid50\fR
|
||
|
|
which consists of a number of disks per group. Recall that a \s-1RAID\-50\s0 is a multi-tier
|
||
|
|
array. At the most bottom layer, N number of disks per group are used to form the
|
||
|
|
\&\s-1RAID\-5\s0 layer. These \s-1RAID\-5\s0 arrays are then integrated into a \s-1RAID\-0\s0. This option
|
||
|
|
allows you to specify the number of disks in the \s-1RAID\-5\s0 level. Valid values are 3,
|
||
|
|
4, 5 and 6. For example \fBgroup=3\fR indicates 3 disks of \s-1RAID\-5\s0 at the bottom layer
|
||
|
|
of \s-1RAID\-50\s0.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR You can have a maximum of 4 subunits in a \s-1RAID\-50\s0 unit.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Note that a sufficient number of disks are required for a given pattern or disk
|
||
|
|
group. For example, given 6 disks, specifying 3 will create two \s-1RAID\-5\s0. However
|
||
|
|
given 12 disks, specifying 3 will create four \s-1RAID\-5\s0 under the \s-1RAID\-0\s0 level. Given
|
||
|
|
6 disks and grouping of 6 is not allowed, as you'll basically be creating a \s-1RAID\-5\s0.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The default disk \fBgroup\fR varies based on number of disks. For 6 & 9 disks, default
|
||
|
|
is group=3. For 8 disks, default is group=4. For 10 or 15 disks, default is
|
||
|
|
group=5. For 12 or 16 disks, default is group=4. For 14 disks, default is
|
||
|
|
group=7. Case of 12 disks could be grouped with group=3, group=4, or group=6.
|
||
|
|
Group=4 was set by default as it provides best net capacity and performance.
|
||
|
|
Case of 15 disks could be grouped with group=3 or group=5. And case
|
||
|
|
of 16 disks could be grouped with group=4 and group=8.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Note that \s-1RAID\-10\s0 always has \fBgroup=2\fR, so an attribute specifying its group is
|
||
|
|
not necessary.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBStripe\fR consists of the logical unit stripe size to be used. The following table
|
||
|
|
illustrates the supported and applicable stripes on the respective unit types and
|
||
|
|
controller models. Stripe size units are in \s-1KB\s0 (kilobytes).
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 10
|
||
|
|
\& Model | Raid0 | Raid1 | Raid5 | Raid6 | Raid10 | Raid50 | JBOD | Spare | Single |
|
||
|
|
\& ------+---------+-------+-------+-------+--------+--------+-------+-------+--------+
|
||
|
|
\& 9K | 16 | N/A | 16 | N/A | 16 | 16 | N/A | N/A | N/A |
|
||
|
|
\& | 64 | | 64 | | 64 | 64 | | | |
|
||
|
|
\& | 256 | | 256 | | 256 | 256 | | | |
|
||
|
|
\& ------+---------+-------+-------+-------+--------+--------+-------+-------+--------+
|
||
|
|
\& 9650SE| 16 | N/A | 16 | | 16 | 16 | N/A | N/A | N/A |
|
||
|
|
\& and | 64 | | 64 | 64 | 64 | 65 | | | |
|
||
|
|
\& higher| 256 | | 256 | 256 | 256 | 256 | | | |
|
||
|
|
\& ------+---------+-------+-------+-------+--------+--------+-------+-------+--------+
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBnoscan\fR instructs \s-1CLI\s0 not to notify the operating system (\s-1OS\s0) about the
|
||
|
|
creation of the new unit. By default \s-1CLI\s0 will inform the \s-1OS\s0. One application
|
||
|
|
of this feature is to prevent the \s-1OS\s0 from creating block special devices such
|
||
|
|
as /dev/sdb and /dev/sdc as some implementations might create naming fragmentation
|
||
|
|
and a moving target.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBnocache\fR instructs \s-1CLI\s0 to disable the write cache on the migrated
|
||
|
|
unit. Enabling write cache increases performance, but at the cost of potential
|
||
|
|
data loss in the event of sudden power loss (unless a \s-1BBU\s0 or \s-1UPS\s0 is installed).
|
||
|
|
By default the cache is enabled. Unless there is a \s-1BBU\s0 or \s-1UPS\s0 installed, to
|
||
|
|
avoid the possibility of data loss in the event of sudden power loss, it is
|
||
|
|
recommended that \fBnocache\fR be specified.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBautoverify\fR enables the autoverify attribute on the unit to be
|
||
|
|
migrated. For more details on this feature, refer to \*(L"cx/ux set autoverify\*(R"
|
||
|
|
section of this document.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fB\f(BIMigration Process.\fB\fR In all cases of migration, the background migration process
|
||
|
|
must be completed before the newly sized unit is available for use. You can continue
|
||
|
|
using the original unit during this time. Once the migration is finished, a reboot
|
||
|
|
will be required if you are booted from the unit. For secondary storage, depending
|
||
|
|
on your operating system, you may need to first unmount the unit, then use \s-1CLI\s0 to
|
||
|
|
\&'remove' and 'rescan' the unit so that the operating system can see the new capacity,
|
||
|
|
and then remount the unit.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
You may also need to resize the file system or add a new partition. For instructions,
|
||
|
|
consult the documentation for your operating system.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote\fR: It is important that you allow migration to complete before adding drives
|
||
|
|
to the unit or move it to another controller. Making any physical changes to the
|
||
|
|
unit during migration may cause the migration to stop, and can jeopardize the safety
|
||
|
|
of your data.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fB\f(BIExamples.\fB\fR The two examples which follow show the usage of this command for
|
||
|
|
splitting a mirror and for capacity expansion, respectively. Following those are
|
||
|
|
sample outputs of the migrate function. After which example outputs showing the
|
||
|
|
special case are presented.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example of split mirror:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c1/u3 migrate type=single
|
||
|
|
\& Sending migration message to /c1/u3 ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The source unit u3 is a \s-1TWINSTOR\s0 or \s-1RAID\-1\s0, using the \fBmigrate\fR command splits u3 to u3
|
||
|
|
and u\fIx\fR, each with the \s-1RAID\s0 type of Single.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example of capacity expansion:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/u3 migrate type=raid10 disk=10-11 stripe=16
|
||
|
|
\& Sending migration message to /c0/u3 ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The source unit is u3 and the destination unit is \s-1RAID\-10\s0 with disks 10 and 11 in
|
||
|
|
addition to the disks in the existing unit u3.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The following is an example of how migrating units are displayed. In this example,
|
||
|
|
the set of reports indicate that /c0/u3 is a migrating unit with 39% completion. The
|
||
|
|
\&\*(L"/c0/u3 show\*(R" command shows that the source unit is \fIsu3\fR and is of type \s-1RAID\-1\s0, and
|
||
|
|
the destination unit \fIdu3\fR is of type \s-1RAID\-10\s0.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& 3ware CLI> /c0 show
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 5
|
||
|
|
\& Unit UnitType Status %RCmpl %V/I/M Stripe Size(GB) Cache AVrfy
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& u0 RAID-5 OK - - 64K 596.004 ON OFF
|
||
|
|
\& u2 SPARE OK - - - 149.042 - OFF
|
||
|
|
\& u3 Migrator MIGRATING - 39 - 149.001 ON OFF
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 14
|
||
|
|
\& Port Status Unit Size Blocks Serial
|
||
|
|
\& ---------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& p0 OK u0 149.05 GB 312581808 WD-WCANM1771318
|
||
|
|
\& p1 OK u0 149.05 GB 312581808 WD-WCANM1757592
|
||
|
|
\& p2 OK u0 149.05 GB 312581808 WD-WCANM1782201
|
||
|
|
\& p3 OK u0 149.05 GB 312581808 WD-WCANM1753998
|
||
|
|
\& p4 OK u2 149.05 GB 312581808 WD-WCANM1766952
|
||
|
|
\& p5 OK u3 149.05 GB 312581808 WD-WCANM1882472
|
||
|
|
\& p6 OK u0 149.05 GB 312581808 WD-WCANM1883862
|
||
|
|
\& p7 OK u3 149.05 GB 312581808 WD-WCANM1778008
|
||
|
|
\& p8 OK - 149.05 GB 312581808 WD-WCANM1770998
|
||
|
|
\& p9 NOT-PRESENT - - - -
|
||
|
|
\& p10 OK u3 149.05 GB 312581808 WD-WCANM1869003
|
||
|
|
\& p11 OK u3 149.05 GB 312581808 WD-WCANM1762464
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& 3ware CLI> /c0/u3 show
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& Unit UnitType Status %RCmpl %V/I/M Port Stripe Size(GB)
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& u3 Migrator MIGRATING - 39 - - -
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 4
|
||
|
|
\& su3 RAID-1 OK - - - - 149.001
|
||
|
|
\& su3-0 DISK OK - - p5 - 149.001
|
||
|
|
\& su3-1 DISK OK - - p7 - 149.001
|
||
|
|
\& su3/v0 Volume - - - - - 149.001
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 8
|
||
|
|
\& du3 RAID-10 OK - - - 16K 298.002
|
||
|
|
\& du3-0 RAID-1 OK - - - - -
|
||
|
|
\& du3-0-0 DISK OK - - p5 - 149.001
|
||
|
|
\& du3-0-1 DISK OK - - p7 - 149.001
|
||
|
|
\& du3-1 RAID-1 OK - - - - -
|
||
|
|
\& du3-1-0 DISK OK - - p10 - 149.001
|
||
|
|
\& du3-1-1 DISK OK - - p11 - 149.001
|
||
|
|
\& du3/v0 Volume - - - - - 149.001
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Please note that the migration path of raidtype Single to \s-1RAID\-1\s0 is a special
|
||
|
|
case. Since the single unit would become a mirrored array, technically this
|
||
|
|
is not a migration. As a result this command shows a different status than
|
||
|
|
other migration paths. In addition, the status of the newly specified disk
|
||
|
|
would show \s-1DEGRADED\s0 until the \*(L"migration\*(R" is complete.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For example, below is a system with two migrating units, /c0/u0 and /c0/u1.
|
||
|
|
u0 is migrating from a \s-1RAID\-10\s0 to a \s-1RAID\-0\s0 array, while u1 is migrating from
|
||
|
|
Single to a \s-1RAID\-1\s0, initiated by the following commands:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/u0 migrate type=raid0
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
and
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/u1 migrate type=raid1 disk=5
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Note the difference in 'UnitType' and 'Status' of u0 and u1, even though they
|
||
|
|
are both migrating units.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& 3ware CLI> /c0 show
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 4
|
||
|
|
\& Unit UnitType Status %RCmpl %V/I/M Stripe Size(GB) Cache AVrfy
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& u0 Migrator MIGRATING - 26 - 298.002 ON OFF
|
||
|
|
\& u1 RAID-1 REBUILD-PAUSED 0 - - 372.519 OFF OFF
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 10
|
||
|
|
\& Port Status Unit Size Blocks Serial
|
||
|
|
\& ---------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& p0 OK u0 149.05 GB 312581808 WD-WCANM1883862
|
||
|
|
\& p1 OK u0 149.05 GB 312581808 WD-WCANM1754124
|
||
|
|
\& p2 OK u0 372.61 GB 781422768 WD-WMAMY1661939
|
||
|
|
\& p3 OK u0 372.61 GB 781422768 WD-WMAMY1579179
|
||
|
|
\& p4 OK u1 372.61 GB 781422768 WD-WMAMY1662720
|
||
|
|
\& p5 DEGRADED u1 372.61 GB 781422768 WD-WMAMY1576310
|
||
|
|
\& p6 NOT-PRESENT - - - -
|
||
|
|
\& p7 NOT-PRESENT - - - -
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& 3ware CLI> /c0/u3 show
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& Unit UnitType Status %RCmpl %V/I/M Port Stripe Size(GB)
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& u0 Migrator MIGRATING - 26 - - -
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 8
|
||
|
|
\& su0 RAID-10 OK - - - 64K 298.002
|
||
|
|
\& su0-0 RAID-1 OK - - - - -
|
||
|
|
\& su0-0-0 DISK OK - - p0 - 149.001
|
||
|
|
\& su0-0-1 DISK OK - - p1 - 149.001
|
||
|
|
\& su0-1 RAID-1 OK - - - - -
|
||
|
|
\& su0-1-0 DISK OK - - p2 - 149.001
|
||
|
|
\& su0-1-1 DISK OK - - p3 - 149.001
|
||
|
|
\& su0/v0 Volume - - - - - 298.002
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 6
|
||
|
|
\& du0 RAID-0 OK - - - 64K 596.004
|
||
|
|
\& du0-0 DISK OK - - p3 - 149.001
|
||
|
|
\& du0-1 DISK OK - - p2 - 149.001
|
||
|
|
\& du0-2 DISK OK - - p1 - 149.001
|
||
|
|
\& du0-3 DISK OK - - p0 - 149.001
|
||
|
|
\& du0/v0 Volume - - - - - N/A
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& 3ware CLI> /c0/u1 show
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 6
|
||
|
|
\& Unit UnitType Status %RCmpl %V/I/M Port Stripe Size(GB)
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& u1 RAID-1 REBUILD-PAUSED 0 - - - 372.519
|
||
|
|
\& u1-0 DISK OK - - p4 - 372.519
|
||
|
|
\& u1-1 DISK DEGRADED - - p5 - 372.519
|
||
|
|
\& u1/v0 Volume - - - - - 372.519
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sh "Port Object Messages"
|
||
|
|
.IX Subsection "Port Object Messages"
|
||
|
|
Port Object Messages are commands (a.k.a. methods/messages) that are sent to
|
||
|
|
an instance of a disk which attaches to a port or vport such as \fI/c0/p0\fR.
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR All references of port also applies to vport for the commands in
|
||
|
|
this section.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/px\fR \fBshow\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/px show"
|
||
|
|
This command shows summary information on the specified disk attached to port
|
||
|
|
\&\fI/cx/px\fR. Here is the typical output for controller models up to 9550SX and
|
||
|
|
9650SE with Release 9.5.1 or earlier:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/p5 show
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& Port Status Unit Size Blocks Serial
|
||
|
|
\& ---------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& p5 OK u5 149.05 GB 312581808 WD-WMACK1406498
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
This drive summary table indicate that port \fIp5\fR of controller \fIc0\fR is attached to one
|
||
|
|
Western Digital disk with status \s-1OK\s0 and is a part of unit \fIu5\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For the 9650SE (with Release 9.5.2 or later), 9690SA, and 9750, the summary
|
||
|
|
information on the specified disk attached to vport \fI/cx/px\fR has a slightly
|
||
|
|
different format. Here is a sample output:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c3/p1 show
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& VPort Status Unit Size Type Phy Encl-Slot Model
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& p1 OK u0 149.05 GB SATA 0 - WDC WD1600JS-22NCB1a
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
In this output of the drive summary, the drive type, controller phy number, enclosure
|
||
|
|
slot if applicable, and model of the drive are also displayed. (Please note the Block
|
||
|
|
and Serial information could be obtained with the specific show attribute
|
||
|
|
command, or the \*(L"show all\*(R" command.) Please also note that the port handle as a
|
||
|
|
virtual port is indicated by the heading or column \*(L"VPort\*(R".
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The drive status in the column \*(L"Status\*(R" may display different message strings
|
||
|
|
depending on the detected state of the drive. This is a list of the possible
|
||
|
|
statuses:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 17
|
||
|
|
\& OK - Drive is operating normally.
|
||
|
|
\& NOT-SUPPORTED - Drive is not supported.
|
||
|
|
\& ECC-ERROR - An ECC error has been detected.
|
||
|
|
\& SMART-FAILURE - A SMART failure has been detected.
|
||
|
|
\& DEVICE-ERROR - A device error has been detected with the drive.
|
||
|
|
\& READ-TIMEOUT - A DCB read timeout error has been detected.
|
||
|
|
\& READ-FAILURE - A DCB read failure is encountered.
|
||
|
|
\& ORPHAN - The drive contains an orphan DCB.
|
||
|
|
\& DCB-DATA-CHECK - A DCB data check is in progress.
|
||
|
|
\& UNSUPP-DCB - Drive contains unsupported DCB.
|
||
|
|
\& UNCONV-DCB - Drive contains unconverted DCB.
|
||
|
|
\& DRIVE-REMOVED - Drive has been removed.
|
||
|
|
\& OFFLINE-JBOD - Drive is an offline JBOD.
|
||
|
|
\& NOT-PRESENT - Drive is offline.
|
||
|
|
\& CFG-OP-FAIL - A drive configuration operation failure is encountered.
|
||
|
|
\& POR-OCCURRED - A power-on-reset has occurred.
|
||
|
|
\& UNKNOWN - The condition or error encountered is not reportable.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/px\fR \fBshow\fR \fIAttribute Attribute ...\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/px show Attribute Attribute ..."
|
||
|
|
This command shows the current setting of the given \fIattribute(s)\fR on the
|
||
|
|
specified port or disk. One or many attributes can be requested. Invalid
|
||
|
|
attribute will terminate the loop. Possible attributes are: status, model,
|
||
|
|
firmware, serial, capacity, smart, and the following attributes (grouped
|
||
|
|
accordingly to applicability for specified controllers):
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 8
|
||
|
|
\& CONTROLLER | ATTRIBUTES
|
||
|
|
\& -------------------+---------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& 9550SX and higher | ncq, identify, lspeed, driveinfo
|
||
|
|
\& -------------------+---------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& 9650SE and higher | rasect, pohrs, temperature, spindlespd
|
||
|
|
\& -------------------+---------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& 9690SA and 9750 | driveinfo, ports, connections, drvintf, wwn
|
||
|
|
\& -------------------+---------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/px\fR \fBshow\fR \fIstatus\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/px show status"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the status of the drive associated with the specified port.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/p5 show status
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/p5 Status = OK
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR This command returns the status pertaining to the drive of
|
||
|
|
the specified port only. Its intended use is not for determining the
|
||
|
|
status of a drive relative to a unit (for that, please use '/cx/px
|
||
|
|
show'). For example, if a unit is \s-1DEGRADED\s0 and a drive is the
|
||
|
|
degradation point of that unit, the output of this command would not
|
||
|
|
show \s-1DEGRADED\s0 as the command '/cx/px show' would. Note the difference
|
||
|
|
also that this command shows status of the drive only, and does not
|
||
|
|
contain other information such as unit, type, size, etc.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/px\fR \fBshow\fR \fImodel\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/px show model"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the model of the drive associated with the specified port.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/p5 show model
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/p5 Model = WDC WD1600BB-00DAA0
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/px\fR \fBshow\fR \fIserial\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/px show serial"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the serial number of the drive associated with the
|
||
|
|
specified port.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/p5 show serial
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/p5 Serial = WD-WMACK1406498
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/px\fR \fBshow\fR \fIfirmware\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/px show firmware"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the firmware version of the drive associated with the
|
||
|
|
specified port.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/p5 show firmware
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/p5 Firmware Version = 65.13G65
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/px\fR \fBshow\fR \fIidentify\fR (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/px show identify (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the identify status of the specified port within an enclosure.
|
||
|
|
The \s-1LED\s0 of the drive slot associated with the specified port would blink if the
|
||
|
|
identify status is \s-1ON\s0.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/p5 show identify
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/p5 Identify Status = on
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/px\fR \fBshow\fR \fIncq\fR (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/px show ncq (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the \s-1NCQ\s0 (Native Command Queueing) information of the drive
|
||
|
|
associated with the specified port.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example (9550SX):
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/p5 show ncq
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/p5 NCQ Supported = No
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/p5 NCQ Enabled = No
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example (9690SA):
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c3/p0 show ncq
|
||
|
|
\& /c3/p0 Queuing Supported = Yes
|
||
|
|
\& /c3/p0 Queuing Enabled = Yes
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/px\fR \fBshow\fR \fIlspeed\fR (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/px show lspeed (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
This command reports 1) the \s-1SATA\s0 link speed supported by the drive associated with the
|
||
|
|
specified port and 2) the actual link speed that the specified port is set to.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/p5 show lspeed
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/p5 SATA Link Speed Supported = 3.0 Gb/s
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/p5 SATA Link Speed = 3.0 Gb/s
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/px\fR \fBshow\fR \fIcapacity\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/px show capacity"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the capacity of the drive associated with the specified port in
|
||
|
|
gigabytes (\s-1GB\s0) and in block count. The capacity in \s-1GB\s0 is computed based
|
||
|
|
on division by 1000 and not 1024, as is popular with hard disk vendors.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/p5 show capacity
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/p5 Capacity = 149.05 GB (312581808 Blocks)
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/px\fR \fBshow\fR \fIsmart\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/px show smart"
|
||
|
|
This command extracts \s-1SMART\s0 (Self Monitoring Analysis and Reporting) data from the
|
||
|
|
specified \s-1SATA\s0 disk. Note that this data is actually extracted live and as such
|
||
|
|
this command could be used to get most recent data about the presence of a disk. Be
|
||
|
|
aware that extracting \s-1SMART\s0 data will burden the I/O bandwidth.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR \s-1SMART\s0 data is applicable for \s-1SATA\s0 drives only. Therefore, a request
|
||
|
|
for \s-1SMART\s0 data for a \s-1SAS\s0 drive (as with the 9690SA and 9750 controllers) would
|
||
|
|
result in an error response.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR For \s-1SAS\s0 drives, drive attributes that could be extracted from \s-1SMART\s0
|
||
|
|
data is available with the following commands:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 4
|
||
|
|
\& /cx/px show temperature
|
||
|
|
\& /cx/px show spindlespd
|
||
|
|
\& /cx/px show rasect
|
||
|
|
\& /cx/px show pohrs
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
for temperature, spindle speed, reallocated sectors, and power-on hours,
|
||
|
|
respectively. You may also use '\fI/cx/px show all\fR' for all of the drive
|
||
|
|
attributes.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example (9550SX):
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/p5 show smart
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 32
|
||
|
|
\& 10 00 01 0F 00 C8 C8 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 03 03
|
||
|
|
\& 00 DA B5 34 08 00 00 00 00 00 04 32 00 64 64 88
|
||
|
|
\& 00 00 00 00 00 00 05 33 00 C7 C7 01 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 00 00 07 0F 00 C8 C8 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 09 32
|
||
|
|
\& 00 42 42 2A 63 00 00 00 00 00 0A 13 00 64 64 00
|
||
|
|
\& 00 00 00 00 00 00 0B 12 00 64 64 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 00 00 0C 32 00 64 64 88 00 00 00 00 00 00 BE 22
|
||
|
|
\& 00 3A 2F 2A 00 00 00 00 00 00 C2 22 00 69 5E 2A
|
||
|
|
\& 00 00 00 00 00 00 C4 32 00 C7 C7 01 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 00 00 C5 12 00 C8 C8 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 C6 10
|
||
|
|
\& 00 C8 C8 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 C7 3E 00 C8 C8 01
|
||
|
|
\& 00 00 00 00 00 00 C8 09 00 C8 C8 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 82 00 74 13 01 7B
|
||
|
|
\& 03 00 01 00 02 3C 06 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 00 00 01 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 85
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Note that if the disk attached to the specified port is not present or if there is
|
||
|
|
a connection or cabling problem to the disk, \s-1CLI\s0 will return an error.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/px\fR \fBshow\fR \fIdriveinfo\fR (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/px show driveinfo (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
This command reports drive and connection information about the drive that is
|
||
|
|
associated with the specified port.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c3/p4 show driveinfo
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 4
|
||
|
|
\& /c3/p4 Drive Type = SAS
|
||
|
|
\& /c3/p4 Interface Type = Direct
|
||
|
|
\& /c3/p4 Drive Ports = 2
|
||
|
|
\& /c3/p4 Drive Connections = 1
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/px\fR \fBshow\fR \fIall\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/px show all"
|
||
|
|
This command shows the current setting of all above attributes.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/px\fR \fBshow\fR \fIdpmstat\fR \fItype=<inst|ra|lct|histdata\fR> (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/px show dpmstat type=<inst|ra|lct|histdata> (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.PD 0
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/px\fR \fBshow\fR \fIdpmstat\fR \fItype=<inst|ra|lct|histdata|ext\fR> (9650SE and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/px show dpmstat type=<inst|ra|lct|histdata|ext> (9650SE and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.PD
|
||
|
|
This command allows you to request for drive statistics of the specified
|
||
|
|
type for the specified port. The 'type' in the command specifies which
|
||
|
|
statistics would be displayed. The options are either: \fBinst\fR for
|
||
|
|
Instantaneous, \fBra\fR for Running Average, \fBlct\fR for Long Command Times,
|
||
|
|
\&\fBhistdata\fR for Histogram Data, and \fBext\fR for Extended Drive Statistics.
|
||
|
|
More detailed information regarding these statistics and the Drive
|
||
|
|
Performance Monitor is available in the Features section under 'Drive
|
||
|
|
Performance Monitor'.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
A request for the Running Average statistics, for example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/p3 show dpmstat type=ra
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 4
|
||
|
|
\& Queue Xfer Resp
|
||
|
|
\& Port Status Unit Depth IOPs Rate(MB/s) Time(ms)
|
||
|
|
\& ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& p3 OK u0 0 435 25.249 2
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Or for the Long Command Times statistics, for example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/p3 show dpmstat type=lct
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& Port Status Unit
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& p3 OK u0
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 13
|
||
|
|
\& Resp
|
||
|
|
\& Date Time Time(ms) --------- CDB / ATA Task File (hex) -----------
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& 2007-02-09 13:47:57 383.216 00 80 60 40 92 9f 8a 40 1a 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 2007-02-09 13:47:57 390.809 00 80 60 40 13 eb 30 40 26 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 2007-02-09 13:47:57 405.478 00 80 60 40 61 11 20 40 26 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 2007-02-09 13:47:57 410.379 00 80 60 40 cd 8b b9 40 23 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 2007-02-09 13:47:57 419.002 00 80 60 40 5e df d1 40 29 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 2007-02-09 13:47:57 444.250 00 80 60 40 8b c0 36 40 2e 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 2007-02-09 13:47:57 527.994 00 80 60 40 6e a5 b6 40 03 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 2007-02-09 13:47:57 569.429 00 80 60 40 3b e2 02 40 2d 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 2007-02-09 13:47:57 609.526 00 80 60 40 27 1c e9 40 2b 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 2007-02-09 13:47:57 612.051 00 80 60 40 dd 0b d1 40 2c 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For examples of other statistic data types, please see \*(L"Drive Performance Monitor\*(R"
|
||
|
|
in the 'Features' section.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/px\fR \fBremove\fR [\fInoscan\fR] [\fIquiet\fR]"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/px remove [noscan] [quiet]"
|
||
|
|
This command allows you to remove (or export) a port \fB/cx/px\fR (or drive).
|
||
|
|
Exporting a port will instruct the firmware to remove the specified port
|
||
|
|
from its pool of managed ports, but retains the \s-1DCB\s0 (Disk Configuration Block)
|
||
|
|
meta-data on the attached disk. You can import (or re\-introduce) the port
|
||
|
|
via the \fBrescan\fR command. Use \fInoscan\fR to bypass informing the \s-1OS\s0 of this
|
||
|
|
change. Default is to inform the \s-1OS\s0. The quiet option is for the non-interactive
|
||
|
|
mode.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Use caution when using this command. Drives, which are part of a redundant
|
||
|
|
array, can be removed, but the array will be degraded. Non-redundant drives,
|
||
|
|
which are part of a unit, can not be removed.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/px\fR \fBset\fR \fIidentify=<on|off\fR> (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/px set identify=<on|off> (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
This command sets the identify status of the specified port within an enclosure.
|
||
|
|
If set to \s-1ON\s0, the \s-1LED\s0 of the drive slot associated with the specified port would
|
||
|
|
blink.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/p5 set identify=on
|
||
|
|
\& Setting Port Identify on /c0/p5 to [on] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/px\fR \fBset\fR \fIdpmstat=<clear\fR> \fI[type=ra|lct]\fR (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/px set dpmstat=<clear> [type=ra|lct] (9550SX and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.PD 0
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/px\fR \fBset\fR \fIdpmstat=<clear\fR> \fI[type=ra|lct|ext]\fR (9650SE and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/px set dpmstat=<clear> [type=ra|lct|ext] (9650SE and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.PD
|
||
|
|
This command clears the statistics counters of the Drive Performance Monitor.
|
||
|
|
The optional 'type' in the command specifies which set of statistics data would be
|
||
|
|
cleared. The options are either: \fBra\fR for Running Average, \fBlct\fR for Long
|
||
|
|
Command Times,and \fBext\fR for Extended Drive Statistics. More detailed information
|
||
|
|
regarding these statistics and the Drive Performance Monitor is available in the
|
||
|
|
\&\fBFeatures\fR section under 'Drive Performance Monitor'.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Please note that if type=ra, both the Running Average and Histogram data are
|
||
|
|
cleared. If type=lct, only the Long Command Times data would be cleared.
|
||
|
|
And if type=ext, the extended drive statistics are cleared. If no type is
|
||
|
|
specified, the default is the same as type=ra.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Here is an example of clearing the Running Average and Histdata statistics:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/p3 set dpmstat=clear type=ra
|
||
|
|
\& Clearing Drive Performance Monitor running average data on /c0/p3 ... Done.
|
||
|
|
\& Please note this clears the Running Average and Histogram data.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
If I/O traffic to the drive has been stopped, after clearing, a subsequent
|
||
|
|
request to show the running average statistics would show all zeros. For
|
||
|
|
example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/p3 show dpmstat type=ra
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 4
|
||
|
|
\& Queue Xfer Resp
|
||
|
|
\& Port Status Unit Depth IOPs Rate(MB/s) Time(ms)
|
||
|
|
\& ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& p3 OK u0 0 0 0.000 0
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Similarly, the display for Histogram data would show all zeros.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For examples of other statistic data types, please see 'Drive Performance
|
||
|
|
Monitor' in the 'Features' section.
|
||
|
|
.Sh "Phy Object Messages"
|
||
|
|
.IX Subsection "Phy Object Messages"
|
||
|
|
Phy Object Messages are commands (a.k.a. methods/messages) that are sent to
|
||
|
|
an instance of a controller phy such as \fI/c0/phy0\fR.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/phyx\fR \fBshow\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/phyx show"
|
||
|
|
This command is for the 9650SE with Release 9.5.2 or later, and 9690SA
|
||
|
|
and newer controllers only. This command presents a summary report on the
|
||
|
|
specified phy. The 'Device Type' column indicates whether the connected
|
||
|
|
device is an enclosure, or a drive of type \s-1SATA\s0 or \s-1SAS\s0. The 'Device' column
|
||
|
|
is the device \s-1ID\s0 or handle. There are three 'Link Speed' columns: 'Supported'
|
||
|
|
denotes the link speed capability of the phy/device, 'Enable' denotes the
|
||
|
|
current link speed setting, and 'Control' denotes the link control setting.
|
||
|
|
Note that the Supported and Enabled values are not changeable. The Control
|
||
|
|
value is the link speed that may be set with the '/cx/phyx set link' command.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c3/phy0 show
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 4
|
||
|
|
\& Device --- Link Speed (Gbps) ---
|
||
|
|
\& Phy SAS Address Type Device Supported Enabled Control
|
||
|
|
\& -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& phy0 2007020800153811 SATA /c3/p1 1.5-3.0 3.0 1.5
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/phyx\fR \fBset\fR \fIlink=<auto|1.5|3.0\fR> (9650SE and higher)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/phyx set link=<auto|1.5|3.0> (9650SE and higher)"
|
||
|
|
This command is for the 9650SE (with Release 9.5.2 or higher), and the 9690SA
|
||
|
|
controllers only. This command sets the link speed of the specified
|
||
|
|
phy. The unit of link speed is in gigabits per second (Gbps). The default
|
||
|
|
is \fIauto\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/phy0 set link=1.5
|
||
|
|
\& Setting Link Speed Control on /c0/phy0 to [1.5 Gbps] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
\& The link speed change will take effect after system reboot.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR After link speed control is set to a different value, it is necessary
|
||
|
|
to reboot the controller for the new link speed to take effect.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
See alo:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show phy
|
||
|
|
\& /cx/phyx show
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/phyx\fR \fBset\fR \fIlink=<auto|1.5|3.0|6.0\fR> (9750 only)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/phyx set link=<auto|1.5|3.0|6.0> (9750 only)"
|
||
|
|
This command is for the 9750 controller only. This command sets the link speed
|
||
|
|
of the specified phy. The unit of link speed is in gigabits per second (Gbps).
|
||
|
|
The default is \fIauto\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/phy0 set link=6.0
|
||
|
|
\& Setting Link Speed Control on /c0/phy0 to [6.0 Gbps] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
\& The link speed change will take effect after system reboot.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR After link speed control is set to a different value, it is necessary
|
||
|
|
to reboot the controller for the new link speed to take effect.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
See alo:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show phy
|
||
|
|
\& /cx/phyx show
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sh "\s-1BBU\s0 Object Messages"
|
||
|
|
.IX Subsection "BBU Object Messages"
|
||
|
|
\&\s-1BBU\s0 (Battery Backup Unit) Object Messages are commands (a.k.a. methods/messages)
|
||
|
|
that are sent to an instance of a \s-1BBU\s0 such as \fI/c0/bbu\fR. The commands in this
|
||
|
|
section are available on 9000 series controllers where the \s-1BBU\s0 is installed.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/bbu\fR \fBshow\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/bbu show"
|
||
|
|
This command reports summary information on the specified \s-1BBU\s0 object.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /cx/bbu show
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& Name OnlineState BBUReady Status Volt Temp Hours LastCapTest
|
||
|
|
\& ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& bbu On No Testing OK OK 72 01-Jul-2009
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
This summary shows that the date the battery capacity was last measured is
|
||
|
|
01\-Jul\-2009. The battery is estimated to last for 72 hours from the last tested
|
||
|
|
date. The \s-1BBU\s0 unit is currently testing the battery. Both voltage and temperature
|
||
|
|
are normal. The \s-1BBU\s0 is \fBnot\fR ready for backup of the write cache on the
|
||
|
|
controller due to the testing.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/bbu\fR \fBshow\fR \fIAttribute Attribute ...\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/bbu show Attribute Attribute ..."
|
||
|
|
This command shows the current setting of the given \fIattribute(s)\fR on the
|
||
|
|
\&\s-1BBU\s0 board. One or many attributes can be requested. Invalid attribute will
|
||
|
|
terminate the loop. Possible attributes are: batinst, bootloader, cap,
|
||
|
|
fw, lasttest, pcb, ready, serial, status, tempstat, tempval, and volt.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/bbu\fR \fBshow\fR \fIstatus\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/bbu show status"
|
||
|
|
This command \fBshow\fRs the status of the \s-1BBU\s0. Possible values are:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.RS 4
|
||
|
|
\&\fBTesting\fR
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
Battery test is currently in progress. It may take up to 24 hours to complete.
|
||
|
|
During the test, the \s-1BBU\s0 is \fBnot\fR capable of backup operation and the write
|
||
|
|
cache of the applicable \s-1RAID\s0 units are also disabled. If the test is completed with
|
||
|
|
no error and the \s-1BBU\s0 returns back to WeakBat or \s-1OK\s0 state, the write cache will be resumed.
|
||
|
|
If a Fault, Failed or an Error occurs during the test, the write cache remains at the
|
||
|
|
disabled state until the problem is fixed.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
\&\fBCharging\fR
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
\&\s-1BBU\s0 is currently charging the battery. The charging is started automatically
|
||
|
|
by the \s-1BBU\s0 whenever necessary. During the charging, the \s-1BBU\s0 is \fBnot\fR capable
|
||
|
|
of backup operation and the write cache is disabled. Once charging is completed
|
||
|
|
and the \s-1BBU\s0 returns back to \s-1OK\s0 status, the write cache will be
|
||
|
|
resumed. If a \s-1FAULT\s0 or an \s-1ERROR\s0 occurs during the test, the write cache remains
|
||
|
|
at the disabled state until the problem is fixed.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
\&\fBFault\fR
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
A battery fault is detected. At this state, the \s-1BBU\s0 is \fBnot\fR capable of backup
|
||
|
|
operation and the write cache is disabled. We recommend you to replace the
|
||
|
|
battery and/or the \s-1BBU\s0 board to fix the problem as soon as possible so that the
|
||
|
|
write cache will be enabled again.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
\&\fBError\fR
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
Other \s-1BBU\s0 error is detected. At this state, the \s-1BBU\s0 is \fBnot\fR capable of backup
|
||
|
|
operation and the write cache is disabled. We recommend you to replace the
|
||
|
|
battery and/or the \s-1BBU\s0 board to fix the problem as soon as possible so that the
|
||
|
|
write cache will be enabled again.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
\&\fBFailed\fR
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
The battery failed a test. At this state, the \s-1BBU\s0 is \fBnot\fR capable of backup
|
||
|
|
operation and the write cache is disabled. We recommend you to replace the
|
||
|
|
battery and/or the \s-1BBU\s0 board to fix the problem as soon as possible so that the
|
||
|
|
write cache will be enabled again.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
\&\fBWeakBat\fR
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
\&\s-1BBU\s0 is functioning normally which means it is online and capable of backing up the
|
||
|
|
write cache. But the battery is \fBweak\fR and should be \fBreplaced\fR.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
\&\fB\s-1OK\s0\fR
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
\&\s-1BBU\s0 is ready, online and capable of backing up the write cache.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
\&\fB\-\fR
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
Battery is not present or \s-1BBU\s0 unit is not installed.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/bbu\fR \fBshow\fR \fIbatinst\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/bbu show batinst"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the date when the current battery was installed.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/bbu\fR \fBshow\fR \fIlasttest\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/bbu show lasttest"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the date the battery capacity was last measured.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/bbu\fR \fBshow\fR \fIvolt\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/bbu show volt"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the voltage status of the battery. The status can be \s-1OK\s0,
|
||
|
|
\&\s-1HIGH\s0, \s-1LOW\s0, \s-1TOO\-HIGH\s0, and \s-1TOO\-LOW\s0. The \s-1HIGH\s0 and \s-1LOW\s0 are in warning range. TOO-HIGH
|
||
|
|
and TOO-LOW are out of the operating range and need to be concerned.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/bbu\fR \fBshow\fR \fItemp\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/bbu show temp"
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.PD 0
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/bbu\fR \fBshow\fR \fItempstat\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/bbu show tempstat"
|
||
|
|
.PD
|
||
|
|
This command reports the temperature status of the battery. The status can be
|
||
|
|
\&\s-1OK\s0, \s-1HIGH\s0, \s-1LOW\s0, \s-1TOO\-HIGH\s0, and \s-1TOO\-LOW\s0. The \s-1HIGH\s0 and \s-1LOW\s0 are in warning range.
|
||
|
|
TOO-HIGH and TOO-LOW are out of the operating range and need to be concerned.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/bbu\fR \fBshow\fR \fItempval\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/bbu show tempval"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the detected temperature value in the battery.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/bbu\fR \fBshow\fR \fIcap\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/bbu show cap"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the battery capacity in hours.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/bbu\fR \fBshow\fR \fIserial\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/bbu show serial"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the \s-1BBU\s0 serial number.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/bbu\fR \fBshow\fR \fIfw\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/bbu show fw"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the \s-1BBU\s0 board firmware version number.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/bbu\fR \fBshow\fR \fIpcb\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/bbu show pcb"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the \s-1PCB\s0 revision number on the \s-1BBU\s0 unit.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/bbu\fR \fBshow\fR \fIbootloader\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/bbu show bootloader"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the \s-1BBU\s0's Boot Loader version.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/bbu\fR \fBshow\fR \fIall\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/bbu show all"
|
||
|
|
This command shows the current settings of all above attributes on the \s-1BBU\s0
|
||
|
|
board.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c1/bbu show all
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 12
|
||
|
|
\& /c1/bbu Firmware Version = BBU: 1.04.00.007
|
||
|
|
\& /c1/bbu Serial Number = Engineering Sample.
|
||
|
|
\& /c1/bbu Online State = On
|
||
|
|
\& /c1/bbu BBU Ready = Yes
|
||
|
|
\& /c1/bbu BBU Status = OK
|
||
|
|
\& /c1/bbu Battery Voltage = OK
|
||
|
|
\& /c1/bbu Battery Temperature = OK
|
||
|
|
\& /c1/bbu Estimated Backup Capacity = 241 Hours
|
||
|
|
\& /c1/bbu Last Capacity Test = 22-Jun-2004
|
||
|
|
\& /c1/bbu Battery Intallation Date = 20-Jun-2004
|
||
|
|
\& /c1/bbu Bootloader Version = BBU 0.02.00.002
|
||
|
|
\& /c1/bbu PCB Revision = 65
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/bbu\fR \fBtest\fR [\fIquiet\fR]"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/bbu test [quiet]"
|
||
|
|
This command starts the battery capacity test. The test may take up to 24 hours
|
||
|
|
to complete. During the test, the \s-1BBU\s0 is \fBnot\fR capable of backup operation
|
||
|
|
and the write cache is disabled. The performance of all units under the
|
||
|
|
controller may be impacted because their write IOs are not cached. Once the test
|
||
|
|
is completed with no error and the \s-1BBU\s0 returns back to \s-1OK\s0 state, the write cache
|
||
|
|
will be resumed. The quiet option is for non-interactive mode.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
After the test has initiated, check the controller alarms for any AENs (Asynchronous
|
||
|
|
Event Notifications) about the status of the test operation.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR The test cannot be terminated before it completes.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/bbu\fR \fBenable\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/bbu enable"
|
||
|
|
This command enables \s-1BBU\s0 detection on the controller. The controller will utilize \s-1BBU\s0
|
||
|
|
functionality in the event of power failure if \s-1BBU\s0 is there and ready.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/bbu\fR \fBdisable\fR \fB[quiet]\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/bbu disable [quiet]"
|
||
|
|
This command disables \s-1BBU\s0 detection on the controller. The controller ignores the
|
||
|
|
existence of the \s-1BBU\s0 when \s-1BBU\s0 detection is disabled. In another words, despite
|
||
|
|
a \s-1BBU\s0 being attached to a controller, with \s-1BBU\s0 detection disabled, storage management
|
||
|
|
software will report that there is no \s-1BBU\s0 installed on this controller. The quiet
|
||
|
|
option is for non-interactive mode.
|
||
|
|
.Sh "Enclosure Object Messages"
|
||
|
|
.IX Subsection "Enclosure Object Messages"
|
||
|
|
Enclosure Object Messages are commands (a.k.a. methods/messages) that are sent to an
|
||
|
|
instance of an enclosure such as e0. The enclosure element object messages are
|
||
|
|
commands sent to an instance of the enclosure element such as fan0. The subsections
|
||
|
|
which follow describe the commands of the enclosure and the enclosure elements. The
|
||
|
|
latter includes commands for the slot, fan, temperature sensor, and power supply
|
||
|
|
elements.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The command descriptions and examples of this section are shown with the syntax
|
||
|
|
of the controller object pre-pended to the enclosure object (i.e., /cx/ex).
|
||
|
|
For systems with the 9650SE controller or \s-1CCU\s0 enclosure, simply drop the pre-pended
|
||
|
|
controller name in the command, as, not '/c1/e0' but '/e0'.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The following table summarizes the supported controllers, protocols,
|
||
|
|
configurations, and enclosure elements.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 17
|
||
|
|
\& --------------------------+------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& Controller -> | 9650SE | 9690SA and above
|
||
|
|
\& --------------------------+------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& Configuration/Protocol -> | CCU/SAF-TE | SES-2 | SES-2
|
||
|
|
\& --------------------------+------------+-----------+-----------------
|
||
|
|
\& Syntax -> | /ex | /ex | /cx/ex
|
||
|
|
\& -----------+--------------+------------+-----------+-----------------
|
||
|
|
\& | Slot | Y | Y | Y
|
||
|
|
\& |--------------+------------+-----------+-----------------
|
||
|
|
\& | Fan | Y | Y | Y
|
||
|
|
\& Enclosure |--------------+------------+-----------+-----------------
|
||
|
|
\& Elements | Temp Sensor | Y | Y | Y
|
||
|
|
\& Supported |--------------+------------+-----------+-----------------
|
||
|
|
\& | Power Supply | N | Y | Y
|
||
|
|
\& |--------------+------------+-----------+-----------------
|
||
|
|
\& | Alarm | N | Y | Y
|
||
|
|
\& -----------+--------------+------------+-----------+-----------------
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ex\fR \fBshow\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ex show"
|
||
|
|
This command shows summary information on the specified enclosure \fI/ex\fR, along
|
||
|
|
with the elements supported or associated with the specified enclosure. This
|
||
|
|
report consists of several parts, depending on the available elements of the
|
||
|
|
enclosure. Typically, the summary consists of an \fBEnclosure\fR section, a \fBFan\fR
|
||
|
|
section, a \fBTemperature Sensor\fR section, and a \fBSlot\fR section.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Typical output looks like:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/e0 show
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& Encl Status
|
||
|
|
\& ---------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/e0 OK
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 8
|
||
|
|
\& Fan Status State Step RPM Identify
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& fan0 OK ON 1 2670 Off
|
||
|
|
\& fan1 OK ON 1 9500 Off
|
||
|
|
\& fan2 OK ON 1 8540 Off
|
||
|
|
\& fan3 OK ON 1 2830 Off
|
||
|
|
\& fan4 OK ON 1 9120 Off
|
||
|
|
\& fan5 OK ON 1 8330 Off
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 10
|
||
|
|
\& TempSensor Status Temperature Identify
|
||
|
|
\& --------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& temp0 OK 41C(105F) Off
|
||
|
|
\& temp1 OK 38C(100F) Off
|
||
|
|
\& temp2 OK 34C(93F) Off
|
||
|
|
\& temp3 OK 38C(100F) Off
|
||
|
|
\& temp4 OK 38C(100F) Off
|
||
|
|
\& temp5 OK 34C(93F) Off
|
||
|
|
\& temp6 NOT-INSTALLED - Off
|
||
|
|
\& temp7 NOT-INSTALLED - Off
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 4
|
||
|
|
\& PowerSupply Status State Voltage Current Identify
|
||
|
|
\& ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& pwrs0 OK on OK OK Off
|
||
|
|
\& pwrs1 OK on OK OK Off
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 14
|
||
|
|
\& Slot Status (V)Port Identify
|
||
|
|
\& --------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& slot0 OK /c0/p0 Off
|
||
|
|
\& slot1 NO-DEVICE - Off
|
||
|
|
\& slot2 OK /c0/p1 Off
|
||
|
|
\& slot3 OK /c0/p2 Off
|
||
|
|
\& slot4 OK /c0/p3 Off
|
||
|
|
\& slot5 OK /c0/p4 Off
|
||
|
|
\& slot6 OK /c0/p5 Off
|
||
|
|
\& slot7 OK /c0/p6 Off
|
||
|
|
\& slot8 OK /c0/p7 Off
|
||
|
|
\& slot9 OK /c0/p8 Off
|
||
|
|
\& slot10 OK /c0/p9 Off
|
||
|
|
\& slot11 NO-DEVICE - Off
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ex\fR \fBshow\fR \fIAttribute\fR \fIAttribute ...\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ex show Attribute Attribute ..."
|
||
|
|
This command shows the current setting of the given \fIattribute(s)\fR. One or many
|
||
|
|
attributes can be requested. An invalid attribute will terminate the loop. Possible
|
||
|
|
attributes are: vendor, prodid, prodrev, firmware, controllers, slots, fans, temp
|
||
|
|
and pwrs.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ex\fR \fBshow\fR \fIvendor\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ex show vendor"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the product vendor of the specified enclosure.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c1/e0 show vendor
|
||
|
|
\& /c1/e0 Vendor = LSI
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ex\fR \fBshow\fR \fIprodid\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ex show prodid"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the product \s-1ID\s0 of the specified enclosure.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c1/e0 show prodid
|
||
|
|
\& /c1/e0 Product ID = DE1600-SAS
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ex\fR \fBshow\fR \fIprodrev\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ex show prodrev"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the product revision of the specified enclosure.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c1/e0 show prodrev
|
||
|
|
\& /c1/e0 Product Revision = 0314
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ex\fR \fBshow\fR \fIfirmware\fR (9690SA and 9750 only)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ex show firmware (9690SA and 9750 only)"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the \s-1SEP\s0(s) and corresponding firmware version in the
|
||
|
|
specified expander. Unlike other enclosure show commands, this is for the 9690SA
|
||
|
|
and 9750 controllers with Release 10.2 or later only.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c1/e0 show firmware
|
||
|
|
\& /c1/e0 SEP=0, Firmware Version = 90.00.03.14
|
||
|
|
\& /c1/e0 SEP=1, Firmware Version = 90.00.03.14
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
See also:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& /cx/ex update fw=filename_with_path [sep=n] [force]
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ex\fR \fBshow\fR \fIcontrollers\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ex show controllers"
|
||
|
|
This command reports the controller that the specified enclosure is attached to.
|
||
|
|
For the new syntax, this command is not very useful, since the controller that the
|
||
|
|
enclosure is attached to is known and is part of the input command. This command
|
||
|
|
was designed mainly for enclosures with the older syntax.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/e0 show controllers
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/e0 connects to controller /c0
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ex\fR \fBshow\fR \fIslots\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ex show slots"
|
||
|
|
This command reports summary information of the slots within the specified
|
||
|
|
enclosure. In the information table, the Slot column lists the slot IDs, the
|
||
|
|
Status column lists the status of each slot, the (V)Port column shows the
|
||
|
|
associated port or virtual port of each slot, and finally, the Identify column
|
||
|
|
lists the Identify setting of the slots.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /e0 show slots
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 6
|
||
|
|
\& Slot Status (V)Port Identify
|
||
|
|
\& ----------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& slot0 OK /c0/p0 No
|
||
|
|
\& slot1 OK /c0/p1 Yes
|
||
|
|
\& slot2 NO-DEVICE - No
|
||
|
|
\& slot3 NO-DEVICE - No
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ex\fR \fBshow\fR \fIfans\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ex show fans"
|
||
|
|
This command reports summary information of the fans within the specified
|
||
|
|
enclosure. In the information table, the Fan column lists the fan IDs, the
|
||
|
|
Status column lists the status of each fan, the State column shows if the fan
|
||
|
|
is \s-1ON\s0 or \s-1OFF\s0. The two columns related to fan speed shows the level and \s-1RPM\s0
|
||
|
|
(revolutions per minute), and finally, the Identify column lists the Identify
|
||
|
|
setting of the fans.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 10
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/e0 show fans
|
||
|
|
\& ---Speed---
|
||
|
|
\& Fan Status State Step RPM Identify
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& fan0 OK ON 1 2670 Off
|
||
|
|
\& fan1 OK ON 1 9370 Off
|
||
|
|
\& fan2 OK ON 1 8540 Off
|
||
|
|
\& fan3 OK ON 1 2810 Off
|
||
|
|
\& fan4 OK ON 1 9240 Off
|
||
|
|
\& fan5 OK ON 1 8330 Off
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ex\fR \fBshow\fR \fItemps\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ex show temps"
|
||
|
|
This command reports summary information of the temperature sensors within the
|
||
|
|
specified enclosure. In the information table, the TempSensor column lists the
|
||
|
|
temperature sensor IDs, the Status column lists the status of each temperature
|
||
|
|
sensor, the Temperature column shows the temperature at the sensors, and finally,
|
||
|
|
the Identify column lists the Identify setting of the temperature sensors.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/e0 show temps
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 10
|
||
|
|
\& TempSensor Status Temperature Identify
|
||
|
|
\& --------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& temp0 OK 41C(105F) Off
|
||
|
|
\& temp1 OK 37C(98F) Off
|
||
|
|
\& temp2 OK 34C(93F) Off
|
||
|
|
\& temp3 OK 38C(100F) Off
|
||
|
|
\& temp4 OK 38C(100F) Off
|
||
|
|
\& temp5 OK 34C(93F) Off
|
||
|
|
\& temp6 NOT-INSTALLED - Off
|
||
|
|
\& temp7 NOT-INSTALLED - Off
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ex\fR \fBshow\fR \fIpwrs\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ex show pwrs"
|
||
|
|
This command reports summary information of the power supplies within the
|
||
|
|
specified enclosure. In the information table, the PowerSupply column lists
|
||
|
|
the IDs of the power supply, the Status column lists the status of each
|
||
|
|
power supply, the State column indicate if the unit is \s-1ON\s0 or \s-1OFF\s0, the Voltage
|
||
|
|
and Current columns indicate whether the voltage or current is under or over
|
||
|
|
the required thresholds, and finally, the Identify column lists the Identify
|
||
|
|
setting of the power supplies.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/e0 show pwrs
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 4
|
||
|
|
\& PowerSupply Status State Voltage Current Identify
|
||
|
|
\& ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& pwrs0 OK on OK OK Off
|
||
|
|
\& pwrs1 OK on OK OK Off
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ex\fR \fBshow\fR \fIalarms\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ex show alarms"
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.PD 0
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ex\fR \fBshow\fR \fIalms\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ex show alms"
|
||
|
|
.PD
|
||
|
|
This command reports summary information of the alarms within the specified
|
||
|
|
enclosure. In the information table, the Alarm column lists the alarm units' IDs,
|
||
|
|
the Status column lists the status of each alarm, the State column indicates if
|
||
|
|
the alarm unit is \s-1ON\s0 or \s-1OFF\s0, and the Audibility column indicate whether the alarm
|
||
|
|
is unmute or muted.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/e0 show alarms
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& Alarm Status State Audibility
|
||
|
|
\& ---------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& alm0 OK OFF UNMUTE
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ex\fR \fBshow\fR \fIall\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ex show all"
|
||
|
|
This command shows the current setting of all the enclosure attributes and
|
||
|
|
the enclosure summary tables.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ex\fR \fBupdate\fR \fIfw=filename_with_path\fR \fB[sep=n] [force]\fR (9690SA and 9750 only)"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ex update fw=filename_with_path [sep=n] [force] (9690SA and 9750 only)"
|
||
|
|
This command allows you to download a specified expander firmware image to the
|
||
|
|
target \s-1SEP\s0 (Storage Enclosure Processor) expander that supports the \s-1SES\-2\s0
|
||
|
|
(\s-1SCSI\s0 Enclosure Services) standard for enclosure management. (\s-1CCU\s0 enclosures
|
||
|
|
with SAF-TE protocol are not supported.)
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
This command is for the 9690SA and 9750 controllers with Release 10.2 or later only.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The \fBfw=filename_with_path\fR attribute allows you to specify the firmware image file
|
||
|
|
name along with its path. Please note that \fIfilename_with_path\fR could not have
|
||
|
|
spaces (as Windows allows).
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The firmware image specified by \fIfilename_with_path\fR will be validated and examined
|
||
|
|
for version difference. If the image is valid a subsequent message will indicate
|
||
|
|
the detected version difference, along with a table showing the \s-1SEP\s0 number and the
|
||
|
|
firmware versions. You are then asked with a prompt to continue. If you enter \*(L"y\*(R",
|
||
|
|
the download process will initiate.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The \fBsep=n\fR attribute is optional. It identifies the target \s-1SEP\s0 expander in the
|
||
|
|
system. Valid range is {0..9}. Without it being specified, the default which is
|
||
|
|
0 (zero), will be used.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The \fBforce\fR attribute is optional. With it the warning message, version check, and
|
||
|
|
prompt to proceed are all bypassed. The image will initiate the download immediately.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fB\s-1IMPORTANT\s0! Please note the following regarding usage of this command.\fR
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
1) The expander models that are supported with this command are indicated in a
|
||
|
|
compatibility list for your reference. Only expander models in this list are supported.
|
||
|
|
Please refer to: <http://www.lsi.com/channel/support/marketing_resources/index.html>.
|
||
|
|
Click on the \fIData and Interoperability\fR tab, and then click on the \fI3ware
|
||
|
|
Interoperability Information\fR link to check if your expander is supported.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
2) Please make sure there is no I/O activity between the controller and the target
|
||
|
|
expander during the download process. For example, be sure to unmount any mounted
|
||
|
|
volumes, or stop any background tasks that may be running and do not start or
|
||
|
|
schedule any background tasks such as rebuilds or verifies with the units or drives
|
||
|
|
in the target expander during the time of download.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
3) The expander requires reboot for the new firmware image to take effect.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c1/e0 update fw=c:\etmp\eBadger_0314.esm
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& Warning: Updating firmware that is incompatible with your device can
|
||
|
|
\& render the device unusable. Before you update the firmware, it is
|
||
|
|
\& recommended that you:
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& 1) Backup your data.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& 2) Verify with your enclosure vendor that you have the correct image.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& 3) Have a copy of the existing expander firmware image so that
|
||
|
|
\& you can roll back, if necessary.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& 4) Make sure there is no I/O activity between the controller and
|
||
|
|
\& the target expander (see instructions in user documentation).
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& Examining firmware image for download to /c1/e0 ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& Download version is newer than current.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& SEP New-Firmware Current-Firmware Vendor
|
||
|
|
\& ----------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& 0 90.00.03.15 80.00.03.13 LSI
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& Given the above compatibility information ...
|
||
|
|
\& Do you want to continue? Y|N [N]: y
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& Downloading the expander firmware from file [c:\etmp\eBadger_0315.esm] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
\& The new image will take effect after reboot.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
In the output response to the command above, after
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& Examining firmware image for download to /c1/e0 ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
A message is displayed regarding the version examination. In the example, it
|
||
|
|
shows \*(L"Download version is newer than current.\*(R" Depending on the examination,
|
||
|
|
the message may be one of:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 4
|
||
|
|
\& Download version is newer than current.
|
||
|
|
\& Download version is older than current.
|
||
|
|
\& Both versions are the same.
|
||
|
|
\& Version not known.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
If an error is detected in the examination, the message you will see may be one of:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 5
|
||
|
|
\& Firmware image is not compatible with expander.
|
||
|
|
\& Can not download firmware image, expander type unknown.
|
||
|
|
\& Expander returned error to SES download microcode command.
|
||
|
|
\& Enclosure firmware upgrade not supported by the controller; Try after upgrading controller firmware.
|
||
|
|
\& Expander firmware image format not known.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
See also:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& /cx/ex show firmware
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\fIEnclosure Element Slot\fR
|
||
|
|
.IX Subsection "Enclosure Element Slot"
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The slot commands provide information about the slot elements in the enclosure unit.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ex/slotx\fR \fBshow\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ex/slotx show"
|
||
|
|
This command shows slot information on the specified enclosure \fI/ex\fR. The slot
|
||
|
|
name is followed by its status. If a slot has been inserted with a drive and no
|
||
|
|
fault has been detected, the status would indicate \s-1OK\s0. If the slot is empty the
|
||
|
|
status would indicate \s-1NO\-DEVICE\s0. The port that is correlated to the slot is
|
||
|
|
indicated in the next column. If no device is found in that slot, this column
|
||
|
|
would show a dash ('\-'). The next column shows whether the specified slot has
|
||
|
|
been identified.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/e0/slot1 show
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& Slot Status (V)Port Identify
|
||
|
|
\& ----------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& slot1 OK /c0/p1 On
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ex/slotx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIidentify\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ex/slotx show identify"
|
||
|
|
This command shows the identify status of the specified enclosure slot. If
|
||
|
|
Identify = \s-1ON\s0, the \s-1LED\s0 associated with the slot will blink. Likewise, for
|
||
|
|
Identify = \s-1OFF\s0, the \s-1LED\s0 associated will stop blinking or would not blink. If
|
||
|
|
the enclosure does not support Slot Identify, this command will respond with
|
||
|
|
\&'N/A'.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/e0/slot1 show identify
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/e0/slot1 Identify status = on
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ex/slotx\fR \fBset\fR \fIidentify=<on|off\fR>"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ex/slotx set identify=<on|off>"
|
||
|
|
This command identifies the specified slot by setting the identify attribute
|
||
|
|
to either \s-1ON\s0 or \s-1OFF\s0, if there is an \s-1LED\s0 associated and if the enclosure supports
|
||
|
|
Slot Identify. If supported, setting it to \s-1ON\s0 will blink the \s-1LED\s0 of the
|
||
|
|
specified drive slot. For example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/e0/slot1 set identify=on
|
||
|
|
\& Setting Slot Identify on /c0/e0/slot1 to [on] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\fIEnclosure Element Fan\fR
|
||
|
|
.IX Subsection "Enclosure Element Fan"
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
These commands provide information about the fans in the enclosure unit.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ex/fanx\fR \fBshow\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ex/fanx show"
|
||
|
|
This command shows information about the specified enclosure fan.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 5
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/e0/fan0 show
|
||
|
|
\& ---Speed---
|
||
|
|
\& Fan Status State Step RPM Identify
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& fan0 OK ON 1 2700 Off
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ex/fanx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIidentify\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ex/fanx show identify"
|
||
|
|
This command shows the identify status of the specified enclosure fan. If
|
||
|
|
Identify = \s-1ON\s0, the \s-1LED\s0 associated with the fan will blink. Likewise, for
|
||
|
|
Identify = \s-1OFF\s0, the \s-1LED\s0 associated will stop blinking or would not blink. If
|
||
|
|
the enclosure does not support Fan Identify, this command will respond with
|
||
|
|
\&'N/A'.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/e0/fan0 show identify
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/e0/fan0 Identify status = off
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ex/fanx\fR \fBset\fR \fIidentify=<on|off\fR>"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ex/fanx set identify=<on|off>"
|
||
|
|
This command identifies the specified enclosure fan by setting the identify
|
||
|
|
attribute to either on or off, if there is an \s-1LED\s0 associated and if the
|
||
|
|
enclosure supports Fan Identify. If supported, setting it to \s-1ON\s0 will blink
|
||
|
|
the \s-1LED\s0 associated with the specified fan element.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/e0/fan1 set identify=on
|
||
|
|
\& Setting Fan Identify on /c0/e0/fan1 to [on] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ex/fanx\fR \fBset\fR \fIspeed=<0..7\fR>"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ex/fanx set speed=<0..7>"
|
||
|
|
This command sets the speed level of the specified enclosure fan. The speed
|
||
|
|
level is a number in the range of <0..7>, where:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 8
|
||
|
|
\& 0 - Off
|
||
|
|
\& 1 - Lowest
|
||
|
|
\& 2 - Low
|
||
|
|
\& 3 - Medium-low
|
||
|
|
\& 4 - Medium
|
||
|
|
\& 5 - Medium-high
|
||
|
|
\& 6 - High
|
||
|
|
\& 7 - Highest
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/e0/fan1 set speed=1
|
||
|
|
\& Setting Fan Speed on /c0/e0/fan1 to [1] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\fIEnclosure Element Temperature Sensor\fR
|
||
|
|
.IX Subsection "Enclosure Element Temperature Sensor"
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
These commands provide information about the temperature sensors in
|
||
|
|
the enclosure unit.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ex/tempx\fR \fBshow\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ex/tempx show"
|
||
|
|
This command shows information about the specified enclosure temperature sensor.
|
||
|
|
The possible status values are \s-1OK\s0, \s-1OVER\-WARNING\s0, \s-1OVER\-FAIL\s0, \s-1UNDER\-WARNING\s0,
|
||
|
|
\&\s-1UNDER\-FAIL\s0, where \s-1OVER\s0 denotes over-temperature and \s-1UNDER\s0 denotes under\-temperature.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/e0/temp0 show
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& TempSensor Status Temperature Identify
|
||
|
|
\& --------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& temp0 OK 42C(107F) Off
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ex/tempx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIidentify\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ex/tempx show identify"
|
||
|
|
This command shows the identify status of the specified enclosure temperature
|
||
|
|
sensor. If Identify = \s-1ON\s0, the \s-1LED\s0 associated with the temperature sensor will
|
||
|
|
blink. Likewise, for Identify = \s-1OFF\s0, the \s-1LED\s0 associated will stop blinking
|
||
|
|
or would not blink. If the enclosure does not support Temperature Sensor
|
||
|
|
Identify, this command will respond with 'N/A'.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/e0/temp0 show identify
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/e0/temp0 Identify status = off
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ex/tempx\fR \fBset\fR \fIidentify=<on|off\fR>"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ex/tempx set identify=<on|off>"
|
||
|
|
This command identifies the specified enclosure temperature sensor by setting the
|
||
|
|
identify attribute to either \s-1ON\s0 or \s-1OFF\s0, if there is an \s-1LED\s0 associated and if the
|
||
|
|
enclosure supports Temperature Sensor Identify. If supported, setting it to
|
||
|
|
\&\s-1ON\s0 will blink the \s-1LED\s0 associated with the specified temperature element.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/e0/temp1 set identify=on
|
||
|
|
\& Setting Temperature Sensor Identify on /c0/e0/temp1 to [on] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\fIEnclosure Element Power Supply\fR
|
||
|
|
.IX Subsection "Enclosure Element Power Supply"
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
These commands provide information about the enclosure power supplies in the
|
||
|
|
enclosure unit.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ex/pwrsx\fR \fBshow\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ex/pwrsx show"
|
||
|
|
This command shows information about the specified enclosure power supply.
|
||
|
|
The possible status values are \s-1OK\s0, \s-1FAIL\s0, \s-1NOT\-INSTALLED\s0, and \s-1OFF\s0. The voltage
|
||
|
|
and current columns indicate the threshold voltage and current status. The
|
||
|
|
possible values for Voltage are \s-1OK\s0, \s-1OVER\-VOLTAGE\s0, and \s-1UNDER\-VOLTAGE\s0. The
|
||
|
|
possible values for Current are \s-1OK\s0 and \s-1OVER\-CURRENT\s0. In either case,
|
||
|
|
\&\s-1OVER\-\s0 means over the set threshold of the voltage or current.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/e0/pwrs0 show
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& PowerSupply Status State Voltage Current Identify
|
||
|
|
\& ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& pwrs0 OK on OK OK Off
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ex/pwrsx\fR \fBshow\fR \fIidentify\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ex/pwrsx show identify"
|
||
|
|
This command shows the identify status of the specified enclosure power supply.
|
||
|
|
If Identify = \s-1ON\s0, the \s-1LED\s0 associated with the fan will blink. Likewise, for
|
||
|
|
Identify = \s-1OFF\s0, the \s-1LED\s0 associated will stop blinking or would not blink. If
|
||
|
|
the enclosure does not support Power Supply Identify, this command will
|
||
|
|
respond with 'N/A'.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/e0/pwrs0 show identify
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/e0/pwrs0 Identify status = off
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ex/pwrsx\fR \fBset\fR \fIidentify=<on|off\fR>"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ex/pwrsx set identify=<on|off>"
|
||
|
|
This command identifies the specified enclosure power supply by setting the
|
||
|
|
identify attribute to either \s-1ON\s0 or \s-1OFF\s0, if there is an \s-1LED\s0 associated and if
|
||
|
|
the enclosure supports Power Supply Identify. If supported, setting it to \s-1ON\s0
|
||
|
|
will blink the \s-1LED\s0 associated with the specified power supply.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/e0/pwrs1 set identify=on
|
||
|
|
\& Setting Power Supply Identify on /c0/e0/pwrs1 to [on] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\fIEnclosure Element Alarm\fR
|
||
|
|
.IX Subsection "Enclosure Element Alarm"
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
These commands provide information about the enclosure alarms in the enclosure unit.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ex/pwrsx\fR \fBshow\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ex/pwrsx show"
|
||
|
|
This command shows information about the specified enclosure alarm. The possible
|
||
|
|
status values are \s-1OK\s0, \s-1FAIL\s0, \s-1NOT\-INSTALLED\s0, and \s-1ACTIVATED\s0. The status values
|
||
|
|
are described below. The possible values for State are \s-1ON\s0 and \s-1OFF\s0. The possible
|
||
|
|
values for Audibility are \s-1UNMUTE\s0 and \s-1MUTE\s0.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Possible Status values:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 5
|
||
|
|
\& OK - Alarm device is functional and operational.
|
||
|
|
\& FAIL - Alarm device has malfunctioned and is not operational.
|
||
|
|
\& NOT-INSTALLED - Alarm device has not been installed.
|
||
|
|
\& ACTIVATED - Alarm device is functional, and an error condition has been detected.
|
||
|
|
\& This is a visual indication for the alarm, in the event that it may be muted.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/e0/alm0 show
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& Alarm Status State Audibility
|
||
|
|
\& ---------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& alm0 OK OFF UNMUTE
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fI/cx/ex/almx\fR \fBset\fR \fIalarm=<mute|unmute|off\fR>"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "/cx/ex/almx set alarm=<mute|unmute|off>"
|
||
|
|
This command controls the audibility and state of the enclosure alarm. It provides
|
||
|
|
the ability to silence the alarm after it has been turned on. It also gives you
|
||
|
|
the option to mute or unmute the alarm setting. In the case where a known
|
||
|
|
condition would set off the alarm and you do not wish to hear the sound of the
|
||
|
|
alarm, this command could be used to mute the potential audible alarm.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR Some enclosures support alarms but not the mute/unmute function. For
|
||
|
|
these enclosures, the command to set the alarm to \fImute\fR will return an error
|
||
|
|
message indicating that the feature is not supported. In this case, the alarm
|
||
|
|
setting of \fIunmute\fR would seem to be supported. This is because the \fIunmute\fR
|
||
|
|
setting is the default and as such there is no error response. In effect, for
|
||
|
|
these enclosures, the alarm is not mutable and would stay unmute
|
||
|
|
\&.
|
||
|
|
Example:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/e0/alm0 set alarm=unmute
|
||
|
|
\& Setting alarm audibility setting of /c0/e0/alm0 to [unmute] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR You \fIcannot\fR turn \s-1ON\s0 the alarm. The alarm is turned on by firmware when
|
||
|
|
it detects a degraded state pertaining to a drive or array. Setting the alarm
|
||
|
|
to \s-1ON\s0 will return an error.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
If an error condition or degraded state has been detected, the enclosure alarm
|
||
|
|
or buzzer would be audible. To silence the alarm you may set the state of the
|
||
|
|
alarm to \s-1OFF\s0. You could also mute the alarm. The difference between using
|
||
|
|
either is the following:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 4
|
||
|
|
\& State or Audibility Persistence across reboot
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------- -------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& ON/OFF Yes
|
||
|
|
\& MUTE/UNMUTE No
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For \s-1OFF\s0, after you reboot, the alarm will sound as long as the system is
|
||
|
|
still in a degraded state (i.e., the alarm is persistent across reboot).
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For \s-1MUTE\s0, after you reboot, the alarm will no longer sound even though the
|
||
|
|
system is still in a degraded state (i.e., the alarm would not appear persistent
|
||
|
|
across reboot).
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For enclosures that do not support \s-1MUTE\s0, there is no difference between \s-1OFF\s0
|
||
|
|
and \s-1MUTE\s0.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The default values are \s-1UNMUTE\s0 and \s-1OFF\s0.
|
||
|
|
.SH "Help Commands"
|
||
|
|
.IX Header "Help Commands"
|
||
|
|
The set of Help Command provides brief online help. Online help provides
|
||
|
|
command syntax information, while detail about the command is deferred
|
||
|
|
to the manpage. Just as the command set have implicit leveling that starts
|
||
|
|
with the Shell object, online help also follows this leveling structure.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
At top level of online help shows the set of objects that Help provides,
|
||
|
|
these includes the shell object, and controller and enclosure objects:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> help
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& Copyright (c) 2010 LSI
|
||
|
|
\& LSI/3ware CLI (version 2.00.11.014)
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 14
|
||
|
|
\& Commands Description
|
||
|
|
\& -------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& show Displays information about controller(s), unit(s) and port(s).
|
||
|
|
\& flush Flush write cache data to units in the system.
|
||
|
|
\& rescan Rescan all empty ports for new unit(s) and disk(s).
|
||
|
|
\& update Update controller firmware from an image file.
|
||
|
|
\& commit Commit dirty DCB to storage on controller(s). (Windows only)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx Controller specific commands.
|
||
|
|
\& /cx/ux Unit specific commands.
|
||
|
|
\& /cx/px Port specific commands.
|
||
|
|
\& /cx/phyx Phy specific commands.
|
||
|
|
\& /cx/bbu BBU specific commands. (9000 series)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx/ex Enclosure specific commands. (9690SA, 9750)
|
||
|
|
\& /ex Enclosure specific commands. (9550SX, 9650SE)
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& Certain commands are qualified with constraints of controller type/model
|
||
|
|
\& support. Please consult the tw_cli documentation for explanation of the
|
||
|
|
\& controller-qualifiers.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& Type help <command> to get more details about a particular command.
|
||
|
|
\& For more detail information see tw_cli's documentation.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Please note that the version of \s-1CLI\s0 is indicated at the top of the output.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
As indicated, \fBhelp<command\fR> would give more information about the
|
||
|
|
command or, display all possible sub-commands associated with the
|
||
|
|
specified object. For example, for Help on the controller object /cx:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> help /cx
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 23
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show Attribute [Attribute ...] where Attribute is:
|
||
|
|
\& allunitstatus|bios|firmware|driver|drivestatus|exportjbod|
|
||
|
|
\& autocarve(9550SX and higher)|autorebuild(9550SX and higher)|
|
||
|
|
\& carvesize(9550SX and higher)|memory|model|serial|monitor|
|
||
|
|
\& ctlbus(9550SX and higher)|pcb|achip|pchip|numdrives|numports|
|
||
|
|
\& numunits|unitstatus|ondegrade(9500S only)|spinup|stagger
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show all where all means Attributes and configurations.
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show diag
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show alarms [reverse]
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show events [reverse]
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show AENs [reverse]
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show rebuild (9000 series)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show rebuildrate
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show rebuildmode (see note 3)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show verify (9000 series)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show verifyrate
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show verifymode (see note 3)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show selftest (9000 series)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show phy (see note 4)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show dpmstat [type=<inst|ra|ext>]
|
||
|
|
\& (9550SX and higher for type=inst and type=ra;
|
||
|
|
\& 9650SE and higher for type=ext)
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 13
|
||
|
|
\& /cx add type=<RaidType> disk=<p:p|p-p|p:p-p> (where p = port or drive number)
|
||
|
|
\& [stripe=<size>] [nocache|nowrcache] [nordcache|rdcachebasic] (see note)
|
||
|
|
\& [name=string (9000 series)] [ignoreECC] [autoverify|noautoverify]
|
||
|
|
\& [v0=n|vol=a:b:c:d] (n,a,b,c,d = size of volume in GB) (9000 series)
|
||
|
|
\& [noqpolicy] [storsave=<protect|balance|perform>] (9550SX and higher)
|
||
|
|
\& [noscan] [rapidrecovery=<all|rebuild|disable>] (9650SE and higher)
|
||
|
|
\& [group=<3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12|13|14|15|16>]
|
||
|
|
\& (group=13-16 9690SA and higher)
|
||
|
|
\& RaidType = { raid0, raid1, raid5, raid10, raid50, single,
|
||
|
|
\& spare, raid6 (9650SE and higher) }
|
||
|
|
\& /cx add rebuild=ddd:hh:duration (9000 series)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx add verify=ddd:hh:duration (9000 series)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx add selftest=ddd:hh (9000 series)
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& /cx del rebuild=slot_id (9000 series)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx del verify=slot_id (9000 series)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx del selftest=slot_id (9000 series)
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 18
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set ondegrade=cacheoff|follow (9500S only)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set spinup=nn (9000 series)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set stagger=nn (9000 series)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set autocarve=on|off (9550SX and higher)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set carvesize=[1024..32768] (9550SX and higher)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set rebuild=enable|disable|<1..5> (enable|disable for 9000 series)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set rebuildrate=<1..5>
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set rebuildmode=<adaptive|lowlatency> (see note 3)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set verify=enable|disable|<1..5> (enable|disable for 9000 series)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set verify=advanced|basic|<1..5> (9650SE and higher)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set verifyrate=<1..5>
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set verifymode=<adaptive|lowlatency> (see note 3)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set selftest=enable|disable (9000 series)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set autorebuild=on|off (9550SX and higher)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set autodetect=on|off disk=<p:-p>|all (9000 series)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set dpmstat=on|off (9550SX and higher)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set verify=basic [pref=ddd:hh] where hh= {00..23} and
|
||
|
|
\& ddd = {mon|tue|wed|thu|fri|sat|sun} (9650SE and higher)
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 6
|
||
|
|
\& /cx update fw=filename_with_path [force] (9000 series)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx flush
|
||
|
|
\& /cx commit (Windows only) (Also known as shutdown)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx start mediascan (7000/8000 only)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx stop mediascan (7000/8000 only)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx rescan [noscan] NOTE: Does not import non-JBOD on 7000/8000 models.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 11
|
||
|
|
\& Note:
|
||
|
|
\& (1) 'nowrcache' and 'nocache' disable the write cache and they behave
|
||
|
|
\& identically.
|
||
|
|
\& (2) 'nordcache' is an override to the read cache default; use to
|
||
|
|
\& disable the read cache. For Read Cache Basic use rdcachebasic.
|
||
|
|
\& Read Cache is supported in the 9650SE or newer controllers with
|
||
|
|
\& Release 9.5.2 or later.
|
||
|
|
\& (3) 'rebuildmode' and 'verifymode' are supported in the 9650SE or newer
|
||
|
|
\& controllers with Release 9.5.2 or later.
|
||
|
|
\& (4) '/cx show phy' is supported in the 9650SE or newer controllers
|
||
|
|
\& with Release 9.5.2 or later.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For Help on the next level, i.e., for the commands \fBshow\fR, \fBadd\fR, \fBdel\fR,
|
||
|
|
\&\fBset\fR, \fBupdate\fR, \fBflush\fR, \fBcommit\fR, etc, use for example, \fBhelp /cx add\fR
|
||
|
|
to see the syntax of the add commands associated with /cx:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 14
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> help /cx add
|
||
|
|
\& /cx add type=<RaidType> disk=<p:p|p-p|p:p-p> (where p = port or drive number)
|
||
|
|
\& [stripe=<size>] [nocache|nowrcache] [nordcache|rdcachebasic] (see note)
|
||
|
|
\& [name=string (9000 series)] [ignoreECC] [autoverify|noautoverify]
|
||
|
|
\& [v0=n|vol=a:b:c:d] (n,a,b,c,d = size of volume in GB) (9000 series)
|
||
|
|
\& [noqpolicy] [storsave=<protect|balance|perform>] (9550SX and higher)
|
||
|
|
\& [noscan] [rapidrecovery=<all|rebuild|disable>] (9650SE and higher)
|
||
|
|
\& [group=<3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12|13|14|15|16>]
|
||
|
|
\& (group=13-16 9690SA and higher)
|
||
|
|
\& RaidType = { raid0, raid1, raid5, raid10, raid50, single,
|
||
|
|
\& spare, raid6 (9650SE and higher) }
|
||
|
|
\& /cx add rebuild=ddd:hh:duration (9000 series)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx add verify=ddd:hh:duration (9000 series)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx add selftest=ddd:hh (9000 series)
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 11
|
||
|
|
\& Note:
|
||
|
|
\& (1) 'nowrcache' and 'nocache' disable the write cache and they behave
|
||
|
|
\& identically.
|
||
|
|
\& (2) 'nordcache' is an override to the read cache default; use to
|
||
|
|
\& disable the read cache. For Read Cache Basic use rdcachebasic.
|
||
|
|
\& Read Cache is supported in the 9650SE or newer controllers with
|
||
|
|
\& Release 9.5.2 or later.
|
||
|
|
\& (3) 'rebuildmode' and 'verifymode' are supported in the 9650SE or newer
|
||
|
|
\& controllers with Release 9.5.2 or later.
|
||
|
|
\& (4) '/cx show phy' is supported in the 9650SE or newer controllers
|
||
|
|
\& with Release 9.5.2 or later.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR Help stops at this /Object/Command level. Help does not extend to the
|
||
|
|
Attribute level, and thus inquiry for /Object/Command/Attribute is not valid.
|
||
|
|
For example, 'help /cx add verify' is not a valid Help command string and the
|
||
|
|
system would respond with a list of all '/cx add' commands followed by an
|
||
|
|
error message.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
An alternate way to use Help is with '?' or 'help' at the end of a command
|
||
|
|
string. That is, starting with the object, followed by the command, followed by '?' or
|
||
|
|
\&'help'. For example, '/c0' being our object and 'show' is our command:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 24
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0 show ?
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show Attribute [Attribute ...] where Attribute is:
|
||
|
|
\& allunitstatus|bios|firmware|driver|drivestatus|exportjbod|
|
||
|
|
\& autocarve(9550SX and higher)|autorebuild(9550SX and higher)|
|
||
|
|
\& carvesize(9550SX and higher)|memory|model|serial|monitor|
|
||
|
|
\& ctlbus(9550SX and higher)|pcb|achip|pchip|numdrives|numports|
|
||
|
|
\& numunits|unitstatus|ondegrade(9500S only)|spinup|stagger
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show all where all means Attributes and configurations.
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show diag
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show alarms [reverse]
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show events [reverse]
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show AENs [reverse]
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show rebuild (9000 series)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show rebuildrate
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show rebuildmode (see note 3)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show verify (9000 series)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show verifyrate
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show verifymode (see note 3)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show selftest (9000 series)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show phy (see note 4)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show dpmstat [type=<inst|ra|ext>]
|
||
|
|
\& (9550SX and higher for type=inst and type=ra;
|
||
|
|
\& 9650SE and higher for type=ext)
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 11
|
||
|
|
\& Note:
|
||
|
|
\& (1) 'nowrcache' and 'nocache' disable the write cache and they behave
|
||
|
|
\& identically.
|
||
|
|
\& (2) 'nordcache' is an override to the read cache default; use to
|
||
|
|
\& disable the read cache. For Read Cache Basic use rdcachebasic.
|
||
|
|
\& Read Cache is supported in the 9650SE or newer controllers with
|
||
|
|
\& Release 9.5.2 or later.
|
||
|
|
\& (3) 'rebuildmode' and 'verifymode' are supported in the 9650SE or newer
|
||
|
|
\& controllers with Release 9.5.2 or later.
|
||
|
|
\& (4) '/cx show phy' is supported in the 9650SE or newer controllers
|
||
|
|
\& with Release 9.5.2 or later.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR Again, Help stops at the command keyword level, so that
|
||
|
|
\&'/c0 show selftest help' or '/c0 show phy ?' would respond with an output
|
||
|
|
identical to \fB/c0 show phy\fR followed by \fB/c0 show ?\fR. In this case no
|
||
|
|
error follows. Please also note that if /c0 is not a valid controller in
|
||
|
|
your system, an error is generated and this way of using help would not
|
||
|
|
work. Instead you will get the following:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c4 show ?
|
||
|
|
\& Error: (CLI:003) Specified controller does not exist.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The following lists the Help Commands, with a brief description for each
|
||
|
|
command.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fBhelp\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "help"
|
||
|
|
This command provide a table of contents, providing an overall navigational help.
|
||
|
|
Typical output looks like:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> help
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& Copyright (c) 2010 LSI
|
||
|
|
\& LSI/3ware CLI (version 2.00.11.014)
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 14
|
||
|
|
\& Commands Description
|
||
|
|
\& -------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& show Displays information about controller(s), unit(s) and port(s).
|
||
|
|
\& flush Flush write cache data to units in the system.
|
||
|
|
\& rescan Rescan all empty ports for new unit(s) and disk(s).
|
||
|
|
\& update Update controller firmware from an image file.
|
||
|
|
\& commit Commit dirty DCB to storage on controller(s). (Windows only)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx Controller specific commands.
|
||
|
|
\& /cx/ux Unit specific commands.
|
||
|
|
\& /cx/px Port specific commands.
|
||
|
|
\& /cx/phyx Phy specific commands.
|
||
|
|
\& /cx/bbu BBU specific commands. (9000 series)
|
||
|
|
\& /cx/ex Enclosure specific commands. (9690SA, 9750)
|
||
|
|
\& /ex Enclosure specific commands. (9550SX, 9650SE)
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& Certain commands are qualified with constraints of controller type/model
|
||
|
|
\& support. Please consult the tw_cli documentation for explanation of the
|
||
|
|
\& controller-qualifiers.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& Type help <command> to get more details about a particular command.
|
||
|
|
\& For more detail information see tw_cli's documentation.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fBhelp\fR \fIshow\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "help show"
|
||
|
|
This command provides specific \fIshow\fR related help, illustrating various ways
|
||
|
|
to use the \fIshow\fR command. It provides reports on Controllers, Units and Drives.
|
||
|
|
See the \*(L"Shell Object Messages\*(R" section for more on show.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fBhelp\fR \fIflush\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "help flush"
|
||
|
|
This command provides specific \fIflush\fR related help, illustrating various ways
|
||
|
|
to use the \fIflush\fR command. See the \*(L"Shell Object Messages\*(R" section for more.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fBhelp\fR \fIrescan\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "help rescan"
|
||
|
|
This command provides specific \fIrescan\fR related help, illustrating various ways
|
||
|
|
to use the \fIrescan\fR command. See the \*(L"Shell Object Messages\*(R" section for more.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fBhelp\fR \fIupdate\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "help update"
|
||
|
|
This command provides specific \fIupdate\fR related help. See the
|
||
|
|
\&\*(L"Shell Object Messages\*(R" section for more.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fBhelp\fR \fIcommit\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "help commit"
|
||
|
|
This command provides specific \fIcommit\fR related help, illustrating various ways
|
||
|
|
to use the \fIcommit\fR command. See the \*(L"Shell Object Messages\*(R" section for more.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fBhelp\fR \fIfocus\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "help focus"
|
||
|
|
This command provides specific \fIfocus\fR related help, illustrating various ways
|
||
|
|
to use the \fIfocus\fR command. See the \*(L"Shell Object Messages\*(R" section for more.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fBhelp\fR \fI/cx\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "help /cx"
|
||
|
|
This command provides specific controller \fI/cx\fR related help, illustrating various
|
||
|
|
commands associated with the controller \fI/cx\fR. See the \*(L"Controller Object Messages\*(R"
|
||
|
|
section for more.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fBhelp\fR \fI/cx/ux\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "help /cx/ux"
|
||
|
|
This command provides specific unit \fI/cx/ux\fR related help, illustrating various
|
||
|
|
commands to use on a unit \fI/cx/ux\fR. See the \*(L"Controller Object Messages\*(R" section
|
||
|
|
for more.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fBhelp\fR \fI/cx/px\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "help /cx/px"
|
||
|
|
This command provides specific \fI/cx/px\fR related help, illustrating various ways
|
||
|
|
to use the \fI/cx/px\fR command. See the \*(L"Port Object Messages\*(R" section for more.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fBhelp\fR \fI/cx/phyx\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "help /cx/phyx"
|
||
|
|
This command provides specific \fI/cx/phyx\fR related help, illustrating various ways
|
||
|
|
to use the \fI/cx/phyx\fR command. See the \*(L"Phy Object Messages\*(R" section for more.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fBhelp\fR \fI/cx/bbu\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "help /cx/bbu"
|
||
|
|
This command provides specific \fI/cx/bbu\fR related help, illustrating various ways
|
||
|
|
to use the \fI/cx/bbu\fR command. See the \*(L"\s-1BBU\s0 Object Messages\*(R" section for more.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fBhelp\fR \fI/cx/ex\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "help /cx/ex"
|
||
|
|
This command provides specific enclosure \fI/cx/ex\fR related help, illustrating various
|
||
|
|
commands associated with the enclosure \fI/cx/ex\fR. See the \*(L"Enclosure Services Commands\*(R"
|
||
|
|
section for more.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fBhelp\fR \fI/cx/ex/slotx\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "help /cx/ex/slotx"
|
||
|
|
This command provides specific slot \fI/cx/ex/slotx\fR related help, illustrating various
|
||
|
|
ways to use the \fI/cx/ex/slotx\fR command. See the \*(L"Enclosure Element Slot\*(R" section
|
||
|
|
for more.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fBhelp\fR \fI/cx/ex/fanx\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "help /cx/ex/fanx"
|
||
|
|
This command provides specific fan \fI/cx/ex/fanx\fR related help, illustrating various ways
|
||
|
|
to use the \fI/cx/ex/fanx\fR command. See the \*(L"Enclosure Element Fan\*(R" section for more.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fBhelp\fR \fI/cx/ex/tempx\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "help /cx/ex/tempx"
|
||
|
|
This command provides specific temperature sensor \fI/cx/ex/tempx\fR related help,
|
||
|
|
illustrating various ways to use the \fI/cx/ex/tempx\fR command. See the
|
||
|
|
\&\*(L"Enclosure Element Temperature Sensor\*(R" section for more.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "\fBhelp\fR \fI/cx/ex/pwrsx\fR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "help /cx/ex/pwrsx"
|
||
|
|
This command provides specific power supply /cx/ex/pwrsx related help,
|
||
|
|
illustrating various ways to use the /cx/ex/pwrsx command. See the
|
||
|
|
\&\*(L"Enclosure Element Power Supply\*(R" section for more.
|
||
|
|
.SH "Command Logging"
|
||
|
|
.IX Header "Command Logging"
|
||
|
|
\&\s-1CLI\s0 has a logging function that makes an entry into a log file for each command
|
||
|
|
line that makes a change to the controller configuration (for example,
|
||
|
|
add/delete units). Both \s-1CLI\s0 and 3DM2 has this logging function and it is
|
||
|
|
enabled by default.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Setting the environment variable to \s-1ON\s0 or \s-1OFF\s0 will enable or disable the
|
||
|
|
logging function, respectively. The environment variable is \s-1TW_CLI_LOG\s0, and
|
||
|
|
the method for setting it depends on the operating system.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The sections and examples below show the log command syntax and the log file
|
||
|
|
location depending on the operating system. Note where \s-1ON\s0 is indicated, \s-1OFF\s0
|
||
|
|
may be substituted.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "Setting of Environment Variable:"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "Setting of Environment Variable:"
|
||
|
|
For \fBLinux\fR, \fBFreeBSD\fR, \fBMac \s-1OS\s0\fR, and \fBOpenSolaris\fR, the command depends
|
||
|
|
on the type of shell:
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& If bash, ksh, or sh, use "export TW_CLI_LOG=ON"
|
||
|
|
\& If csh, use "setenv TW_CLI_LOG ON"
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR The shell that you are running \s-1CLI\s0 must be the same shell that you
|
||
|
|
input the command to set the environment variable.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For \fBWindows\fR, set the environment variable by clicking on the \fBstart\fR button
|
||
|
|
and then right-clicking on \fBMy Computer\fR and selecting \fBProperties\fR. In
|
||
|
|
Properties, click on the \fBAdvanced\fR tab. Then click on the \fBEnvironment
|
||
|
|
Variables\fR button. If you don't see \s-1TW_CLI_LOG\s0 you may add and set it to \s-1ON\s0
|
||
|
|
of \s-1OFF\s0 by clicking on \fBNew\fR, (or edit an existing one by clicking on \fBEdit\fR).
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Since the default of Command Logging is \s-1ON\s0, if you wish the turn it off, you
|
||
|
|
could set the environment variable \s-1TW_CLI_LOG\s0 to \s-1OFF\s0.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
When you cycle power your system, the new environment variable is recorded by
|
||
|
|
Windows and read by \s-1CLI\s0 upon system startup, after which \s-1CLI\s0 will stop logging
|
||
|
|
any new commands associated with the controller.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "Log File Location:"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "Log File Location:"
|
||
|
|
For \fBLinux\fR, \fBFreeBSD\fR, \fBMac \s-1OS\s0\fR, and \fBOpenSolaris\fR, the log file is in
|
||
|
|
the \fI/var/log\fR directory.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For \fBWindows Vista\fR and \fBWindows Server 2008\fR, the log file is stored in
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fI\eProgramData\e3ware\fR
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Note that ProgramData is a hidden folder by default. To display it in
|
||
|
|
Windows Explorer, enter \fIc:\eProgramData\fR in the location field at the top
|
||
|
|
of the Explorer Window. To make the folder permanently visible, select
|
||
|
|
\&\fBOrganize\-\fR>\fBFolder and Search Options\fR from the Explorer menu, choose
|
||
|
|
the \fBView\fR tab, and select the \fBShow hidden files and folders\fR option
|
||
|
|
in \fBAdvance settings\fR.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
For previous versions of \fBWindows (\s-1XP\s0, Server 2003, etc)\fR, the log file
|
||
|
|
is stored in
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
\&\fI\eDocuments and Settings\eAll Users\eApplication Data\e3ware\fR
|
||
|
|
.SH "Features"
|
||
|
|
.IX Header "Features"
|
||
|
|
This section lists some of the features that \s-1CLI\s0 supports for the 3ware \s-1RAID\s0
|
||
|
|
product. While many system features require a few commands, some require or
|
||
|
|
involve a set of commands that work together. Also, some of these features
|
||
|
|
may be compenhensively more complex to described in a few discreet commands.
|
||
|
|
The purpose of this section is to provide an encapsulated view of selected
|
||
|
|
system features with their command set.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
Please note that you could consult the \fI3ware \s-1SAS/SATA\s0 \s-1RAID\s0 Software User Guide\fR
|
||
|
|
for more in-depth conceptual information about features that can be used to
|
||
|
|
control your 3ware \s-1RAID\s0 controller as well.
|
||
|
|
.PP
|
||
|
|
The subsections which follow contain descriptions, the commands applicable, and
|
||
|
|
related information such as setup and operation details of a feature and its
|
||
|
|
function. The following is a list of the subsections:
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "Drive Performance Monitor"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "Drive Performance Monitor"
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.PD 0
|
||
|
|
.IP "Rapid \s-1RAID\s0 Recovery"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "Rapid RAID Recovery"
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "User Defined \s-1LUN\s0 Sizing"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "User Defined LUN Sizing"
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "Verify"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "Verify"
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "Verify \- Advanced"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "Verify - Advanced"
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.IP "Verify \- Basic"
|
||
|
|
.IX Item "Verify - Basic"
|
||
|
|
.PD
|
||
|
|
.RS 4
|
||
|
|
The commands within the subsections below also appear in the \fBPrimary Command
|
||
|
|
Syntax\fR section of this document. While some commands contain similar or
|
||
|
|
identical information or examples, others may not. Those that do not is likely
|
||
|
|
due to context, legacy, or other factors. In any case, the explanations are
|
||
|
|
consistent across the two sections in this document.
|
||
|
|
.Sh "Drive Performance Monitor"
|
||
|
|
.IX Subsection "Drive Performance Monitor"
|
||
|
|
Performance monitoring and statistics of the \s-1RAID\s0 controller, as a basis
|
||
|
|
for analysis of performance, may also provide information for qualification
|
||
|
|
and diagnostics. The Drive Performance Monitor of \s-1CLI\s0 supports statistics of
|
||
|
|
queue depths, IOPs, transfer rate, response time for reads/writes, and
|
||
|
|
command reads/writes.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
Queue depth refers to the number of reads/writes currently outstanding,
|
||
|
|
IOPs refers to the number of reads/writes completing, transfer rate refers
|
||
|
|
to the number of sectors read/written, response time refers to the
|
||
|
|
execution time of all commands, and command read/writes refers to the
|
||
|
|
drive and drive sectors' accumlated read and write commands.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
The types of drive performance statistics supported are organized into five
|
||
|
|
groups:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 5
|
||
|
|
\& - instantaneous
|
||
|
|
\& - running average
|
||
|
|
\& - long command times
|
||
|
|
\& - response histogram
|
||
|
|
\& - extended drive statistics
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
The instantaneous measurements provide a short duration average. The running
|
||
|
|
average is a measure of long-term averages that smooth out the data, and
|
||
|
|
results in older results fading from the average over time. The long command
|
||
|
|
times is a collection of the commands with the longest read/write
|
||
|
|
response time. The response histogram categorizes the read/write execution
|
||
|
|
times and group them together based on time frames. Finally, the extended
|
||
|
|
drive statistics refers to statistics of a drive's read commands, write
|
||
|
|
commands, write commands with \s-1FUA\s0 (Force Unit Access), flush commands, and
|
||
|
|
a drive sectors's read, write, and write commands with \s-1FUA\s0.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR This feature is for the 9550SX and higher model controllers, with
|
||
|
|
exception of the commands related to extended drive statistics, that are
|
||
|
|
supported on the 9650SE, 9690SA and 9750 controllers only.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
\&\fB\s-1OPERATION\s0\fR
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
The command syntax falls into three categories: 1) Configuration, 2) port-based
|
||
|
|
drive statistics, and 3) controller-based drive statistics summary. The
|
||
|
|
configuration category allows the user to see the settings as well as change them.
|
||
|
|
At this time, the only setting that the user can change is 'enable' or 'disable'
|
||
|
|
of the Drive Performance Monitor. The port-based 'show' commands provide
|
||
|
|
requested statistics based on type. The port-based 'set' command clears the
|
||
|
|
specified type statistics. While these commands require the specification of
|
||
|
|
the port each time, the controller-based commands do not and provide the
|
||
|
|
information in a summary format.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR Please note that the keyword 'pmstat' and 'dpmstat' generate the same
|
||
|
|
system response. At this time both could be used for Drive Performance Monitor
|
||
|
|
statistics. In the future if other types of performance monitor support would
|
||
|
|
be added, 'pmstat' would denote Performance Monitor while 'dpmstat' would
|
||
|
|
refer to Drive performance statistics only.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
The following table summarizes the drive performance monitor commands. The command
|
||
|
|
type, command syntax, and corresponding descriptions are listed. Following the
|
||
|
|
table is an important note, which is then followed by examples and usage of the
|
||
|
|
commands.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 34
|
||
|
|
\& --------------+-----------------------------------+-----------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& COMMAND TYPE | COMMAND SYNTAX | DESCRIPTION
|
||
|
|
\& --------------+-----------------------------------+-----------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& Configuration | /cx show dpmstat | Show configuration and setting.
|
||
|
|
\& | | See example below. Display
|
||
|
|
\& | | will also show default set of
|
||
|
|
\& | | drive statistics (i.e., type=inst).
|
||
|
|
\& +-----------------------------------+-----------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& | /cx set dpmstat=on | Enable or disable performance
|
||
|
|
\& | /cx set dpmstat=off | monitoring. See note below.
|
||
|
|
\& --------------+-----------------------------------+-----------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& Port-based | /cx/px show dpmstat type=inst | Request for drive statistics on
|
||
|
|
\& Statistics | /cx/px show dpmstat type=ra | specified port. inst=instantaneous,
|
||
|
|
\& | /cx/px show dpmstat type=lct | ra=running average, lct=long cmd
|
||
|
|
\& | /cx/px show dpmstat type=histdata | times, histdata=histogram data,
|
||
|
|
\& | /cx/px show dpmstat type=ext | and ext=extended drive statistics.
|
||
|
|
\& +-----------------------------------+-----------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& | /cx/px set dpmstat=clear | Clear statistics counters. If
|
||
|
|
\& | /cx/px set dpmstat=clear type=ra | type=ra, both Running Avg and
|
||
|
|
\& | /cx/px set dpmstat=clear type=lct | Histogram Data will be cleared.
|
||
|
|
\& | /cx/px set dpmstat=clear type=ext | If type=lct, only the Long Cmd
|
||
|
|
\& | | Times data will be cleared. If
|
||
|
|
\& | | type=ext, the extended drive
|
||
|
|
\& | | statistics are cleared. If no
|
||
|
|
\& | | type is specified, the default
|
||
|
|
\& | | is type=ra.
|
||
|
|
\& --------------+-----------------------------------+-----------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& Controller- | /cx show dpmstat | Request for drive statistics sum-
|
||
|
|
\& based | /cx show dpmstat type=inst | mary of the specified controller.
|
||
|
|
\& Statistics | /cx show dpmstat type=ra | inst=instantaneous, ra=running
|
||
|
|
\& | /cx show dpmstat type=ext | average, ext=extended drive
|
||
|
|
\& | | statistics. The default is
|
||
|
|
\& | | Instantaneous.
|
||
|
|
\& --------------+-----------------------------------+-----------------------------------
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR The command '/cx show dpmstat' shows the performance monitor
|
||
|
|
configuration and the default set of summary statistics (type=inst) shows data
|
||
|
|
regardless of whether the performance monitor setting is \s-1ON\s0 or \s-1OFF\s0. If the setting
|
||
|
|
is \s-1ON\s0 and I/O is running, the statistics data will change over time because the
|
||
|
|
measurements are being averaged. If the setting is \s-1OFF\s0, the same table layout is
|
||
|
|
shown. However, since no calculations are taking place, the data will be static
|
||
|
|
and remains unchanged. Thus, when the drive performance monitor is \s-1OFF\s0, the data
|
||
|
|
shown may not be zeros.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
Examples of the command's usage are shown below.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
To display the configuration of the Drive Performance Monitor of the specified
|
||
|
|
controller (default statistics display is instantaneous data), use command
|
||
|
|
\&\fB/cx show dpmstat\fR. For example:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 7
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0 show dpmstat
|
||
|
|
\& Drive Performance Monitor Configuration for /c0 ...
|
||
|
|
\& Performance Monitor: ON
|
||
|
|
\& Version: 1
|
||
|
|
\& Max commands for averaging: 100
|
||
|
|
\& Max latency commands to save: 10
|
||
|
|
\& Requested data: Instantaneous Drive Statistics
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 11
|
||
|
|
\& Queue Xfer Resp
|
||
|
|
\& Port Status Unit Depth IOPs Rate(MB/s) Time(ms)
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& p0 NOT-PRESENT - - - - -
|
||
|
|
\& p1 NOT-PRESENT - - - - -
|
||
|
|
\& p2 OK - - - - -
|
||
|
|
\& p3 OK u0 10 93 2.907 85
|
||
|
|
\& p4 OK u1 10 84 2.640 95
|
||
|
|
\& p5 OK - - - - -
|
||
|
|
\& p6 NOT-PRESENT - - - - -
|
||
|
|
\& p7 NOT-PRESENT - - - - -
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
In the configuration information above, 'Version' refers to the firmware version
|
||
|
|
of the Performance Monitor, 'Max commands for averaging' refers to the maximum number of
|
||
|
|
commands that can be saved and used for calculating the average, and 'Max latency
|
||
|
|
commands to save' refers to the maximum number of commands with high latency that
|
||
|
|
are saved. The number of elements in the buffer is determined by these configurations
|
||
|
|
and the memory constraints of the system.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
To set the Drive Performance Monitor to 'enable' or 'disable', use commands
|
||
|
|
\&\fB/cx set dpmstat=on\fR and \fB/cx set dpmstat=off\fR, respectively.
|
||
|
|
For example:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0 set dpmstat=off
|
||
|
|
\& Setting Drive Performance Monitoring on /c0 to [off]... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
To display the running average statistics data at the controller
|
||
|
|
level, i.e., as a summary of the running average data for the set of
|
||
|
|
drives attached to the controller, use command \fB/cx show dpmstat type=ra\fR.
|
||
|
|
For example:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0 show dpmstat type=ra
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 6
|
||
|
|
\& Drive Performance Monitor Configuration for /c0 ...
|
||
|
|
\& Performance Monitor: OFF
|
||
|
|
\& Version: 1
|
||
|
|
\& Max commands for averaging: 100
|
||
|
|
\& Max latency commands to save: 10
|
||
|
|
\& Requested data: Running Average Drive Statistics
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 11
|
||
|
|
\& Queue Xfer Resp
|
||
|
|
\& Port Status Unit Depth IOPs Rate(MB/s) Time(ms)
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& p0 NOT-PRESENT - - - - -
|
||
|
|
\& p1 NOT-PRESENT - - - - -
|
||
|
|
\& p2 OK - - - - -
|
||
|
|
\& p3 OK u0 0 435 25.249 2
|
||
|
|
\& p4 OK u1 0 366 21.630 3
|
||
|
|
\& p5 OK - - - - -
|
||
|
|
\& p6 NOT-PRESENT - - - - -
|
||
|
|
\& p7 NOT-PRESENT - - - - -
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
To display the running average drive statistics of the specified port,
|
||
|
|
use command \fB/cx/px show dpmstat type=ra\fR. For example:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/p3 show dpmstat type=ra
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 4
|
||
|
|
\& Queue Xfer Resp
|
||
|
|
\& Port Status Unit Depth IOPs Rate(MB/s) Time(ms)
|
||
|
|
\& ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& p3 OK u0 0 435 25.249 2
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
For data associated with commands that have long command times for the
|
||
|
|
specified port, use command \fB/cx/px show dpmstat type=lct\fR. For example:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/p3 show dpmstat type=lct
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& Port Status Unit
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& p3 OK u0
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 13
|
||
|
|
\& Resp
|
||
|
|
\& Date Time Time(ms) --------- CDB / ATA Task File (hex) -----------
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& 2007-02-09 13:47:57 383.216 00 80 60 40 92 9f 8a 40 1a 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 2007-02-09 13:47:57 390.809 00 80 60 40 13 eb 30 40 26 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 2007-02-09 13:47:57 405.478 00 80 60 40 61 11 20 40 26 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 2007-02-09 13:47:57 410.379 00 80 60 40 cd 8b b9 40 23 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 2007-02-09 13:47:57 419.002 00 80 60 40 5e df d1 40 29 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 2007-02-09 13:47:57 444.250 00 80 60 40 8b c0 36 40 2e 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 2007-02-09 13:47:57 527.994 00 80 60 40 6e a5 b6 40 03 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 2007-02-09 13:47:57 569.429 00 80 60 40 3b e2 02 40 2d 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 2007-02-09 13:47:57 609.526 00 80 60 40 27 1c e9 40 2b 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
\& 2007-02-09 13:47:57 612.051 00 80 60 40 dd 0b d1 40 2c 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
Note that in addition to the time and date stamps of the commands with the long
|
||
|
|
response times, their corresponding \s-1CDB\s0 or \s-1ATA\s0 Task File is displayed.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
For histogram of IOPs grouped together based on response time associated with
|
||
|
|
the specified port, use command \fB/cx/px show dpmstat type=histdata\fR.
|
||
|
|
For example:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/p3 show dpmstat type=histdata
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& Port Status Unit
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& p3 OK u0
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 40
|
||
|
|
\& Bin Response Time(ms) IO Count
|
||
|
|
\& -----------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& 1 1 0
|
||
|
|
\& 2 2 0
|
||
|
|
\& 3 3 0
|
||
|
|
\& 4 4 0
|
||
|
|
\& 5 5 0
|
||
|
|
\& 6 6 0
|
||
|
|
\& 7 7 0
|
||
|
|
\& 8 8 0
|
||
|
|
\& 9 9 0
|
||
|
|
\& 10 10 0
|
||
|
|
\& 11 20 204
|
||
|
|
\& 12 30 190
|
||
|
|
\& 13 40 161
|
||
|
|
\& 14 50 136
|
||
|
|
\& 15 60 130
|
||
|
|
\& 16 70 112
|
||
|
|
\& 17 80 94
|
||
|
|
\& 18 90 80
|
||
|
|
\& 19 100 540
|
||
|
|
\& 20 200 95
|
||
|
|
\& 21 300 42
|
||
|
|
\& 22 400 11
|
||
|
|
\& 23 500 2
|
||
|
|
\& 24 600 2
|
||
|
|
\& 25 700 0
|
||
|
|
\& 26 800 0
|
||
|
|
\& 27 900 0
|
||
|
|
\& 28 1000 0
|
||
|
|
\& 29 2000 0
|
||
|
|
\& 30 3000 0
|
||
|
|
\& 31 4000 0
|
||
|
|
\& 32 5000 0
|
||
|
|
\& 33 6000 0
|
||
|
|
\& 34 7000 0
|
||
|
|
\& 35 8000 0
|
||
|
|
\& 36 9000 0
|
||
|
|
\& 37 10000 0
|
||
|
|
\& 38 10000+ 0
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
Note that there is a set of 38 'Bins' and each bin denotes a Response Time
|
||
|
|
category. The number of I/Os or commands that fall into the Response Time
|
||
|
|
time range of the designated bin would fall into that bin. In the display
|
||
|
|
above, there are no commands with response times of 10 milliseconds or
|
||
|
|
shorter, and there are 204 commands with 20 milliseconds. Note that for
|
||
|
|
the I/O application and activities to this drive, the concentration of the
|
||
|
|
longer response times is toward the middle, as in a statistical Normal Curve.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
To clear the running average statistics data of the specified port,
|
||
|
|
use command \fB/cx/px set dpmstat=clear type=ra\fR. For example:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/p3 set dpmstat=clear type=ra
|
||
|
|
\& Clearing Port Performance Monitor running average statistics on /c0/p3... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
Please note that this clears the Running Average and Histogram data.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR Usage of the 'clear' command without specifying 'type' implies
|
||
|
|
the default, which is 'type=ra'. The default thus effectively clears
|
||
|
|
both the running average statistics and histogram data. Also, some statistics
|
||
|
|
data types cannot be cleared, such as setting 'type=inst' or 'type=histdata'.
|
||
|
|
Attempting to clear these will return an error.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
If I/O traffic to the drive has been stopped, after clearing, a
|
||
|
|
subsequent request to show the running average statistics
|
||
|
|
would show, for example:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/p3 show dpmstat type=ra
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 4
|
||
|
|
\& Queue Xfer Resp
|
||
|
|
\& Port Status Unit Depth IOPs Rate(MB/s) Time(ms)
|
||
|
|
\& ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& p3 OK u0 0 0 0.000 0
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
Note that IOPs, Xfer Rate (transfer rate), and Resp Time (response time)
|
||
|
|
are all zeros.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
If I/O traffic to the drive has been stopped, after clearing, a
|
||
|
|
subsequent request to show the histogram data would show, for example:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/p3 show dpmstat type=histdata
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& Port Status Unit
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& p3 OK u0
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 26
|
||
|
|
\& Bin Response Time(ms) IO Count
|
||
|
|
\& -----------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& 1 1 0
|
||
|
|
\& 2 2 0
|
||
|
|
\& 3 3 0
|
||
|
|
\& 4 4 0
|
||
|
|
\& 5 5 0
|
||
|
|
\& 6 6 0
|
||
|
|
\& 7 7 0
|
||
|
|
\& 8 8 0
|
||
|
|
\& 9 9 0
|
||
|
|
\& 10 10 0
|
||
|
|
\& 11 20 0
|
||
|
|
\& 12 30 0
|
||
|
|
\& 13 40 0
|
||
|
|
\& 14 50 0
|
||
|
|
\& 15 60 0
|
||
|
|
\& 16 70 0
|
||
|
|
\& 17 80 0
|
||
|
|
\& 18 90 0
|
||
|
|
\& 19 100 0
|
||
|
|
\& 20 200 0
|
||
|
|
\& 21 300 0
|
||
|
|
\& :
|
||
|
|
\& :
|
||
|
|
\& :
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
To display the extended drive statistics associated with the specified port, use
|
||
|
|
command \fB/cx/px show dpmstat type=ext\fR.
|
||
|
|
For example:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c3/p0 show dpmstat type=ext
|
||
|
|
\& Requested data: Extended Drive Statistics
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 5
|
||
|
|
\& Sectors Commands
|
||
|
|
\& ----------------------------- ---------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& Port Read Write Write-FUA Read Write Write-FUA Flush
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& p0 28704384 0 28704384 28704448 0 0 0
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
To display the extended drive statistics associated with the specified controller,
|
||
|
|
as a summary of the drives, use command \fB/cx show dpmstat type=ext\fR.
|
||
|
|
For example:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c3 show dpmstat type=ext
|
||
|
|
\& Extended Drive Statistics for /c3 ...
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 8
|
||
|
|
\& Sectors Commands
|
||
|
|
\& ----------------------------- ---------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& Port Read Write Write-FUA Read Write Write-FUA Flush
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& p0 28704384 0 28704384 28704448 0 0 0
|
||
|
|
\& p2 28704384 28704448 0 0 0 0 0
|
||
|
|
\& p3 28704704 0 0 0 0 0 0
|
||
|
|
\& p6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
While the data fields are large and sufficient for a 32\-bit number, depending
|
||
|
|
on the amount of I/O and the rate or duration of the data transfer, overflow
|
||
|
|
may take place. In this scenario, the data fields that contains the overflow
|
||
|
|
is marked with '########', as in the following example:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c3 show dpmstat type=ext
|
||
|
|
\& Extended Drive Statistics for /c3 ...
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 8
|
||
|
|
\& Sectors Commands
|
||
|
|
\& ----------------------------- ---------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& Port Read Write Write-FUA Read Write Write-FUA Flush
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& p0 ######## 0 158838656 158838720 0 0 0
|
||
|
|
\& p2 ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ########
|
||
|
|
\& p3 ######## 0 0 0 0 0 0
|
||
|
|
\& p6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
The clear command can be used to zero out the counters. To clear the
|
||
|
|
extended drive statistics associated with the specified port, we use the
|
||
|
|
command \fB/cx/px set dpmstat=clear type=ext\fR. For example:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c3/p0 set dpmstat=clear type=ext
|
||
|
|
\& Clearing Performance Monitor extended drive statistics on /c3/p0 ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sh "Rapid \s-1RAID\s0 Recovery"
|
||
|
|
.IX Subsection "Rapid RAID Recovery"
|
||
|
|
Rapid \s-1RAID\s0 Recovery can speed up the rebuild, initialize, and verify processes
|
||
|
|
and tasks in response to an unclean system shutdown. Effectively this feature
|
||
|
|
provides for expedited boot-up time.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
This feature is supported on the 9750, 9690SA and 9650SE (with supporting firmware)
|
||
|
|
controllers. Also, it is only supported on redundant arrays only, such as \s-1RAID\-1\s0,
|
||
|
|
\&\s-1RAID\-5\s0, \s-1RAID\-6\s0, \s-1RAID\-10\s0 and \s-1RAID\-50\s0. This feature is not supported over migration.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
\&\fB\s-1OPERATION\s0\fR
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
The usage of this feature consists of a set of commands that sets
|
||
|
|
the feature to one of three possible states. This configuration may be
|
||
|
|
defined at unit creation time or after a unit has been created. Below
|
||
|
|
is a summary of the commands for this feature.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& /cx add ... rapidrecovery=all|rebuild|disable
|
||
|
|
\& /cx/ux set rapidrecovery=all|rebuild|disable [quiet]
|
||
|
|
\& /cx/ux show rapidrecovery
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
If you set this option to \fBall\fR, upon an unclean system shutdown, the
|
||
|
|
Rapid \s-1RAID\s0 Recovery policy will apply to rebuild, initialize, and verify tasks at
|
||
|
|
reboot. If you set this option to \fBrebuild\fR, then only the rebuild task will
|
||
|
|
be applied. If you set it to \fBdisable\fR, then none of the tasks will be sped up.
|
||
|
|
Please note that once this attribute is set for the unit, the policy setting
|
||
|
|
is persistent in the system until it is disabled.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR Once the Rapid \s-1RAID\s0 Recovery has been \*(L"disabled\*(R" for a unit, it
|
||
|
|
cannot be changed again for that unit. As a result, if you issue the
|
||
|
|
\&'/cx/px set rapidrecovery=disable' command, a message along with a prompt for
|
||
|
|
input to proceed will appear. To turn off the message and prompt
|
||
|
|
for scripting purposes, use the quiet option.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
\&\fBNote:\fR The default setting of Rapid \s-1RAID\s0 Recovery is 'all' for redundant
|
||
|
|
arrays. For non-redundant arrays the default is disabled.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
Consider a 9690SA controller with four drives attached. Creating a \s-1RAID\-5\s0
|
||
|
|
unit with the rapidrecovery attribute set to the \fBall\fR option:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c1 add type=raid5 disk=0:2:3 rapidrecovery=all
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 7
|
||
|
|
\& Creating new unit on controller /c1 ... Done. The new unit is /c1/u0.
|
||
|
|
\& Setting AutoVerify=ON for the new unit ... Done.
|
||
|
|
\& Setting Rapid RAID Recovery policy on /c1/u0 to [all] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
\& Setting default Command Queuing Policy for unit /c1/u0 to [on] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
\& Setting write cache=ON for the new unit ... Done.
|
||
|
|
\& Warning: You do not have a battery backup unit for /c1/u0 and the enabled
|
||
|
|
\& write cache (default) may cause data loss in the event of power failure.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
Subsequent inquiry of the controller and unit information would show:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c1 show
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& Unit UnitType Status %RCmpl %V/I/M Stripe Size(GB) Cache AVrfy
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& u0 RAID-5 OK - - 64K 298.002 ON ON
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 6
|
||
|
|
\& VPort Status Unit Size Type Phy Encl-Slot Model
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& p0 OK u0 149.05 GB SATA 0 - WDC WD1600JS-22NCB1
|
||
|
|
\& p2 OK u0 149.05 GB SATA 2 - WDC WD1600JS-22NCB1
|
||
|
|
\& p3 OK u0 149.05 GB SATA 3 - WDC WD1600JS-22NCB1
|
||
|
|
\& p6 OK - 34.18 GB SAS 6 - SEAGATE ST936701SS
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c1/u0 show
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 7
|
||
|
|
\& Unit UnitType Status %RCmpl %V/I/M VPort Stripe Size(GB)
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& u0 RAID-5 OK - - - 64K 298.002
|
||
|
|
\& u0-0 DISK OK - - p0 - 149.001
|
||
|
|
\& u0-1 DISK OK - - p2 - 149.001
|
||
|
|
\& u0-2 DISK OK - - p3 - 149.001
|
||
|
|
\& u0/v0 Volume - - - - - 298.002
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
The created \s-1RAID\-5\s0 unit would be configured with Rapid \s-1RAID\s0 Recovery set to
|
||
|
|
\&\*(L"all\*(R" that the user could see with the 'show" command:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c1/u0 show rapidrecovery
|
||
|
|
\& /c1/u0 Rapid RAID Recovery policy setting = all
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
To change the Rapid \s-1RAID\s0 Recovery setting to 'rebuild':
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c1/u0 set rapidrecovery=rebuild
|
||
|
|
\& Setting Rapid RAID Recovery policy on /c1/u0 to [rebuild] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
The 'disable' setting is permanent and cannot be changed to 'all' or
|
||
|
|
\&'rebuild' once it is set for the unit. As a result an extra query has
|
||
|
|
been added for the user to confirm the change. If the user confirms,
|
||
|
|
this is the scenario:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 5
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c1/u0 set rapidrecovery=disable
|
||
|
|
\& Setting Rapid RAID Recovery to disable is permanent for /c1/u0
|
||
|
|
\& and CANNOT be changed at a later time.
|
||
|
|
\& Do you want to continue? Y|N [N]: y
|
||
|
|
\& Setting Rapid RAID Recovery policy on /c1/u0 to [disable] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
If the user replies with \*(L"n\*(R" for No, the command is aborted.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
With the quiet option:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c1/u0 set rapidrecovery=disable quiet
|
||
|
|
\& Setting Rapid RAID Recovery policy on /c1/u0 to [disable] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
And to see the setting, subsequently:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c1/u0 show rapidrecovery
|
||
|
|
\& /c1/u0 Rapid RAID Recovery policy setting = disable
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sh "User Defined \s-1LUN\s0 Sizing"
|
||
|
|
.IX Subsection "User Defined LUN Sizing"
|
||
|
|
User Defined \s-1LUN\s0 Sizing, or, Variable \s-1LUN\s0 Carve, is a feature that allows
|
||
|
|
the user to specify variable sizes for volumes in a unit. The first volume
|
||
|
|
may be considered, although not necessarily, the Boot \s-1LUN\s0. This feature
|
||
|
|
allows the user to specify up to four volumes or LUNs in a unit.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
You can define the \s-1LUN\s0 sizes for these array types: \s-1RAID\-0\s0, \s-1RAID\-1\s0,
|
||
|
|
\&\s-1RAID\-10\s0, \s-1RAID\-5\s0, \s-1RAID\-50\s0, \s-1RAID\-6\s0 and Single.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
To specify Variable \s-1LUN\s0 Carve simply requires setting an attribute during unit
|
||
|
|
creation. However, to eliminate potential confusion with the existing
|
||
|
|
autocarve and carvesize commands, this section was created to describe
|
||
|
|
this feature along with those commands.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
If the pre-existing related commands are included, the set of \s-1LUN\s0 carve
|
||
|
|
commands are the following:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 5
|
||
|
|
\& /cx add ... [v0=n|vol=a:b:c:d]
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show autocarve
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show carvesize
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set autocarve=on|off
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set carvesize=[1024..32768]
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
Note that the first command associates with this feature, and the latter
|
||
|
|
four commands have pre\-existed.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
While the Variable \s-1LUN\s0 Sizing feature is related to the autocarve feature,
|
||
|
|
they are independent. If autocarve has been set to \s-1ON\s0, then the sizes of
|
||
|
|
the volumes for that unit are set to the specifed carve-size (or the
|
||
|
|
default). The possible size of the carving is in the range of
|
||
|
|
{1024..32768} \s-1GB\s0 or {1..32} \s-1TB\s0. Specifying the size(s) of the boot or
|
||
|
|
first four volumes in essense overlays these volumes with their respective
|
||
|
|
sizes to that of the carved volume sizes. For example, if the carvesize
|
||
|
|
has been set to 1024GB and autocarve is \s-1ON:\s0
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
Autocarve=ON, carvesize=1024GB (1TB)
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& ------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+-------
|
||
|
|
\& 1024 1024 1024 1024 1024 1024 1024 1024 1024 1024 . . .
|
||
|
|
\& ------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+-------
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
If we specify the first four \s-1LUN\s0 volumes to be 2000GB, 500GB, 1024GB, and 700GB,
|
||
|
|
then we have the following:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& ------------+---+------+----+-----+------+------+------+------+------+-------
|
||
|
|
\& 2000 500 1024 700 896 1024 1024 1024 1024 1024 . . .
|
||
|
|
\& ------------+---+------+----+-----+------+------+------+------+------+-------
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
All numbers are in units of \s-1GB\s0. Note the while the last specified carved size
|
||
|
|
was 700GB, the next carved volume is not 1024GB but,
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& 1024GB - (remainder of last volume carved)
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
Or:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& 1024 - 128 = 896
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
The remainder of the last volume is 128GB because the four specified volumes
|
||
|
|
totaled 4224GB which exceeds the four autocarved volumes totalling 4096GB
|
||
|
|
by 128GB.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
For the add command, at unit creation time the volume sizes could be
|
||
|
|
specified with either the attribute \fBv0=\fR or \fBvol=\fR. With \fBv0\fR only
|
||
|
|
the first \s-1LUN\s0 volume size could be specified. With \fBvol\fR, up to four \s-1LUN\s0
|
||
|
|
volume sizes may be specified. The input of size is an integer in
|
||
|
|
gigabytes (\s-1GB\s0) and the valid range is [1..32768], the upper limit is 32TB.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
If the \fBvol=a:b:c:d\fR attribute is used, each volume is separated by the
|
||
|
|
symbol \fB:\fR in ascending order. That is, the integer closest to \fB=\fR is
|
||
|
|
volume 0 (v0), followed by volume 1 (v1), volume 2 (v2), etc. The maximum
|
||
|
|
that could be specified with this method is four volumes, or, up to v3.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
For example, consider an 8\-port controller with four drives attached. As
|
||
|
|
in the following:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> show
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& Ctl Model Ports Drives Units NotOpt RRate VRate BBU
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& c0 Geroni133/Ap 8 4 0 0 1 1 -
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& Encls Slots Drives Fans TSUnits
|
||
|
|
\& ----------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& /c0/e0 4 2 1 1
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0 show
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& Unit UnitType Status %RCmpl %V/I/M Stripe Size(GB) Cache AVrfy
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 10
|
||
|
|
\& Port Status Unit Size Blocks Serial
|
||
|
|
\& ---------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& p0 NOT-PRESENT - - - -
|
||
|
|
\& p1 NOT-PRESENT - - - -
|
||
|
|
\& p2 OK - 372.61 GB 781422768 WD-WMAMY1661939
|
||
|
|
\& p3 OK - 372.61 GB 781422768 WD-WMAMY1579179
|
||
|
|
\& p4 OK - 372.61 GB 781422768 WD-WMAMY1662720
|
||
|
|
\& p5 OK - 372.61 GB 781422768 WD-WMAMY1576310
|
||
|
|
\& p6 NOT-PRESENT - - - -
|
||
|
|
\& p7 NOT-PRESENT - - - -
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
To create the unit and specify the \s-1LUN\s0 sizes of the first four volumes:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0 add type=raid5 disk=2-5 vol=100:30:2:45
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& Creating new unit on Controller /c0 ... Done. The new unit is /c0/u0.
|
||
|
|
\& Setting write cache=ON for the new unit ... Done.
|
||
|
|
\& Setting default Command Queuing Policy for unit /c0/u0 to [on] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
After the unit creation, to see the volume sizes, a subsequent \*(L"show\*(R" command
|
||
|
|
for the unit would display:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c0/u0 show
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 12
|
||
|
|
\& Unit UnitType Status %RCmpl %V/I/M Port Stripe Size(GB)
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& u0 RAID-5 OK - - - 64K 1117.56
|
||
|
|
\& u0-0 DISK OK - - p2 - 372.519
|
||
|
|
\& u0-1 DISK OK - - p3 - 372.519
|
||
|
|
\& u0-2 DISK OK - - p4 - 372.519
|
||
|
|
\& u0-3 DISK OK - - p5 - 372.519
|
||
|
|
\& u0/v0 Volume - - - - - 100
|
||
|
|
\& u0/v1 Volume - - - - - 30
|
||
|
|
\& u0/v2 Volume - - - - - 2
|
||
|
|
\& u0/v3 Volume - - - - - 45
|
||
|
|
\& u0/v4 Volume - - - - - 940.56
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sh "Verify"
|
||
|
|
.IX Subsection "Verify"
|
||
|
|
The Verify function is among other self-test functions such as Rebuild and
|
||
|
|
Selftest in the \s-1RAID\s0 system. It performs data integraty checks on an array
|
||
|
|
unit based on the unit type. For a \s-1RAID\-1\s0 array, for example, the verification
|
||
|
|
involves checking that both drives contain the exact data; and on a \s-1RAID\-5\s0
|
||
|
|
array, the parity information is used to verify data integrity.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
This feature is available on 9000 series controllers. The Verify function
|
||
|
|
requires some initial setup. Particularly the scheduled time windows of
|
||
|
|
the background verify tasks need to be defined. A scheduled time window,
|
||
|
|
or, timeslot, is part of the Verify Schedule.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
\&\fB\s-1SET\s0 \s-1UP\s0\fR
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
For the \fBVerify\fR function, the following commands are used for the
|
||
|
|
set up:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set verify=enable|disable|1..5
|
||
|
|
\& /cx add verify=ddd:hh:duration
|
||
|
|
\& /cx del verify=slot_id
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
The setup consists of setting Verify to enable, then adding verify
|
||
|
|
timeslots into the Schedule. The Schedule contains a default set of verify
|
||
|
|
timeslots defined, so specifying the verify timeslots is not necessary if
|
||
|
|
the defaults are suitable.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
When a verify background process would initiate and run depends on more
|
||
|
|
than the Schedule itself. The sections below describe this in more detail.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
\&\fB\s-1AUTOVERIFY\s0\fR
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
Related to this Verify function is \fBautoverify\fR. The Autoverify setting lets
|
||
|
|
the \s-1RAID\s0 firmware determine a time to start the verify process of a unit
|
||
|
|
automatically or at its discretion at a time suitable (but related to the
|
||
|
|
Schedule) when it is set to \s-1ON\s0. If a verify process has started and the verify
|
||
|
|
task cannot complete within the scheduled window, the verify task would be
|
||
|
|
paused and resumed later. Again, firmware makes its decision autonomously
|
||
|
|
based on factors such as the schedule, settings, and other higher priority
|
||
|
|
background tasks.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
Autoverify applies to 9000 series controllers also.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
The commands associated with Autoverify are the following:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& - /cx/ux set autoverify=on|off
|
||
|
|
\& - /cx/ux show autoverify
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
Autoverify is also an attribute that could be set at unit creation. The
|
||
|
|
setting of autoverify is \s-1ON\s0 if Basic Verify (see \fBVerify \- Basic\fR section)
|
||
|
|
is supported, otherwise the default is set to \s-1OFF\s0.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
\&\fB\s-1MANUAL\s0 \s-1VERIFY\s0\fR
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
Also related to the Verify function is Manual verify, where a background
|
||
|
|
verify process or task for a unit could be started and stopped manually.
|
||
|
|
The following is the set of commands associated with this:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& /cx/ux start verify
|
||
|
|
\& /cx/ux stop verify
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
Note that if subsequent to this command, one enables the background verify
|
||
|
|
task to follow the scheduled slots, then this on-demand task will be paused
|
||
|
|
until the next scheduled timeslot.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
\&\fB\s-1VERIFY\s0 \s-1STATUS\s0\fR
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
Finally, to see the status of the tasks associated with the Verify function,
|
||
|
|
the set of commands for that is the following:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 4
|
||
|
|
\& show verify
|
||
|
|
\& /cx show verify
|
||
|
|
\& /cx/ux show verifystatus
|
||
|
|
\& /cx/ux show autoverify
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
Here is an example of the show verify command.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c2 show verify
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 11
|
||
|
|
\& Verify Schedule for Controller /c2
|
||
|
|
\& ========================================================
|
||
|
|
\& Slot Day Hour Duration Status
|
||
|
|
\& --------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& 1 Tue 6:00pm 4 hr(s) enabled
|
||
|
|
\& 2 Wed 6:00pm 1 hr(s) enabled
|
||
|
|
\& 3 Thu 10:00am 1 hr(s) enabled
|
||
|
|
\& 4 Wed 4:00pm 1 hr(s) enabled
|
||
|
|
\& 5 Thu 5:00pm 1 hr(s) enabled
|
||
|
|
\& 6 Fri 3:00pm 1 hr(s) enabled
|
||
|
|
\& 7 Fri 6:00pm 1 hr(s) enabled
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
For other examples of the Verify commands, please see the \fBPrimary Command
|
||
|
|
Syntax\fR section of this document.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
Since these set of commands are related but serve different functions with
|
||
|
|
respect to Verify, how they work together determines when a background verify
|
||
|
|
process would initiate and run. Thus it is important to note their interactions.
|
||
|
|
The following table summarizes the setting parameters and corresponding system
|
||
|
|
response relative to the Verify function and when a verify task may run.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 25
|
||
|
|
\& -------------+----------------------+------------------------+------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& Cmd: Unit-> | /cx/ux autoverify=ON | /cx/ux autoverify=OFF | /cx/ux verify=start
|
||
|
|
\& Cmd: Cntlr | | |
|
||
|
|
\& -------------+----------------------+------------------------+------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& /cx verify= | Verify task may run, | The verify task of the | Starts a verify task
|
||
|
|
\& disable | but would not be | specified unit with | immediately (regard-
|
||
|
|
\& | according to verify | autoverify=off would | less of autoverify
|
||
|
|
\& | schedule. | not run, unless an | setting).
|
||
|
|
\& | | on-demand (start veri- |
|
||
|
|
\& | | fy) command is issued. |
|
||
|
|
\& | | Also, other units' |
|
||
|
|
\& | | verify task may run. |
|
||
|
|
\& -------------+----------------------+------------------------+------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& /cx verify= | Verify task would | The verify task of the | Initiates the verify
|
||
|
|
\& enable | run at any time dur- | specified unit with | process that would
|
||
|
|
\& | ing the speicifed | autoverify=off would | start a verify task
|
||
|
|
\& | schedule window, | not run, unless an | depending on schedule
|
||
|
|
\& | provided no higher | on-demand (start veri- | (i.e., if command is
|
||
|
|
\& | background tasks | fy) command is issued. | issued outside of the
|
||
|
|
\& | would be running. | Also, other units' | schedule window, until
|
||
|
|
\& | | verify tasks may run. | the associated timeslot
|
||
|
|
\& | | | is reached in time to
|
||
|
|
\& | | | run, the verify task
|
||
|
|
\& | | | will be paused).
|
||
|
|
\& -------------+----------------------+------------------------+------------------------
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
Please note that the command \fI/cx/ux start verify\fR is associated with Manual Verify
|
||
|
|
only when Verify=Disable. When Verify=Enable, it does not necessarily start the
|
||
|
|
verify task immediately.
|
||
|
|
.Sh "Verify \- Advanced"
|
||
|
|
.IX Subsection "Verify - Advanced"
|
||
|
|
Advanced Verify is actually the Verify function of the previous section, intended
|
||
|
|
for advanced users, in systems where Basic Verify is supported. Advanced/Basic
|
||
|
|
Verify is supported on 9650SE and 9690SA controllers. In such systems, to set
|
||
|
|
to Advanced Verify as opposed to Basic Verify, you would set verify=advanced
|
||
|
|
with the command:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& /cx set verify=advanced|basic|1..5
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
If the system does not support Advanced/Basic Verify, you would get the following
|
||
|
|
error:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c2 set verify=advanced
|
||
|
|
\& Error: (CLI:146) Basic/Advanced Verify is not supported.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
In this case you could still set Verify to enable/disable. (See previous section.)
|
||
|
|
If Advanced/Basic is supported on your system, after issuing this command, all other
|
||
|
|
commands for Advanced Verify is identical to Verify that was presented in the previous
|
||
|
|
section.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
We will show a setup scenario to demonstrate how the commands are used with respect
|
||
|
|
to this feature. For a \s-1RAID\s0 system with the following arrays and drives, we will
|
||
|
|
show the usage of the commands along with examples. Please note that this system
|
||
|
|
has a 9690SA controller with the firmware that also supports Basic Verify.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c3 show
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 4
|
||
|
|
\& Unit UnitType Status %RCmpl %V/I/M Stripe Size(GB) Cache AVrfy
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& u0 RAID-5 OK - - 64K 298.002 ON OFF
|
||
|
|
\& u1 SPARE OK - - - 34.1744 - OFF
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 6
|
||
|
|
\& VPort Status Unit Size Type Phy Encl-Slot Model
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& p0 OK u0 149.05 GB SATA 0 - WDC WD1600JS-22NCB1
|
||
|
|
\& p2 OK u0 149.05 GB SATA 2 - WDC WD1600JS-22NCB1
|
||
|
|
\& p3 OK u0 149.05 GB SATA 3 - WDC WD1600JS-22NCB1
|
||
|
|
\& p6 OK u1 34.18 GB SAS 6 - SEAGATE ST936701SS
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
First we issue /cx set verify=advanced:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c3 set verify=advanced
|
||
|
|
\& Enabling scheduled verifies on controller /c3 ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
We could issue a show command to see the default verify schedule:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c3 show verify
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 11
|
||
|
|
\& Verify Schedule for Controller /c3
|
||
|
|
\& ========================================================
|
||
|
|
\& Slot Day Hour Duration AdvVerify
|
||
|
|
\& --------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& 1 Sun 12:00am 24 hr(s) on
|
||
|
|
\& 2 Mon 12:00am 24 hr(s) on
|
||
|
|
\& 3 Tue 12:00am 24 hr(s) on
|
||
|
|
\& 4 Wed 12:00am 24 hr(s) on
|
||
|
|
\& 5 Thu 12:00am 24 hr(s) on
|
||
|
|
\& 6 Fri 12:00am 24 hr(s) on
|
||
|
|
\& 7 Sat 12:00am 24 hr(s) on
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
Since the schedule is full, we need to delete a timeslot first, before we could
|
||
|
|
add a new one with a different schedule. We will delete timeslot\-3.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c3 del verify=3
|
||
|
|
\& Removing scheduled verify slot [3] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
Now to add a new background verify task onto the schedule:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c3 add verify=sun:15:4
|
||
|
|
\& Adding scheduled verify to slot 3 for [Sun, 3:00PM, 4hr(s)] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
Now the schedule would show:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c3 show verify
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 11
|
||
|
|
\& Verify Schedule for Controller /c3
|
||
|
|
\& ========================================================
|
||
|
|
\& Slot Day Hour Duration AdvVerify
|
||
|
|
\& --------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& 1 Sun 12:00am 24 hr(s) on
|
||
|
|
\& 2 Mon 12:00am 24 hr(s) on
|
||
|
|
\& 3 Tue 5:00pm 4 hr(s) on
|
||
|
|
\& 4 Wed 12:00am 24 hr(s) on
|
||
|
|
\& 5 Thu 12:00am 24 hr(s) on
|
||
|
|
\& 6 Fri 12:00am 24 hr(s) on
|
||
|
|
\& 7 Sat 12:00am 24 hr(s) on
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
To see the autoverify setting and then set it to \s-1ON\s0 for our \s-1RAID\-5\s0 array:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c3/u0 show autoverify
|
||
|
|
\& /c3/u0 Auto Verify Policy = off
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c3/u0 set autoverify=on
|
||
|
|
\& Setting Auto-Verify Policy on /c3/u0 to [on] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
If we issue a start verify to unit /u3:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c3/u0 start verify
|
||
|
|
\& Sending start verify message to /c3/u0 ... Done.
|
||
|
|
\& Unit was not previously initialized. Will be initialized first before verified.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
If we subsequently look at unit /u3 (on Tuesday, 12:30PM):
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 1
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c3 show
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 4
|
||
|
|
\& Unit UnitType Status %RCmpl %V/I/M Stripe Size(GB) Cache AVrfy
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& u0 RAID-5 INITIALIZING - 0% 64K 298.002 ON ON
|
||
|
|
\& u1 SPARE OK - - - 34.1744 - OFF
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 6
|
||
|
|
\& VPort Status Unit Size Type Phy Encl-Slot Model
|
||
|
|
\& ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& p0 OK u0 149.05 GB SATA 0 - WDC WD1600JS-22NCB1
|
||
|
|
\& p2 OK u0 149.05 GB SATA 2 - WDC WD1600JS-22NCB1
|
||
|
|
\& p3 OK u0 149.05 GB SATA 3 - WDC WD1600JS-22NCB1
|
||
|
|
\& p6 OK u1 34.18 GB SAS 6 - SEAGATE ST936701SS
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
Note that the initialize process is starting.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
The table below summarizes the settings for Advanced Verify. It describes the
|
||
|
|
interactions of the commands and the corresponding system response.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 16
|
||
|
|
\& -------------+----------------------+------------------------+------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& Cmd: Unit-> | /cx/ux autoverify=ON | /cx/ux autoverify=OFF | /cx/ux verify=start
|
||
|
|
\& Cmd: Cntlr | | |
|
||
|
|
\& -------------+----------------------+------------------------+------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& /cx verify= | Verify task would | The verify task of the | Initiates the verify
|
||
|
|
\& advanced | run at any time dur- | specified unit with | process that would
|
||
|
|
\& | ing the specifed | autoverify=off would | start a verify task
|
||
|
|
\& | schedule window, | not run, unless an | depending on schedule
|
||
|
|
\& | provided no higher | on-demand (start veri- | (i.e., if command is
|
||
|
|
\& | background tasks | fy) command is issued. | issued outside of the
|
||
|
|
\& | would be running. | Also, other units' | schedule window, until
|
||
|
|
\& | | verify tasks may run. | the associated timeslot
|
||
|
|
\& | | | is reached in time to
|
||
|
|
\& | | | run, the verify task
|
||
|
|
\& | | | be paused).
|
||
|
|
\& -------------+----------------------+------------------------+------------------------
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
Please note that this is the lower part of the table in the previous section on Verify,
|
||
|
|
with verify=advanced instead of verify=enabled.
|
||
|
|
.Sh "Verify \- Basic"
|
||
|
|
.IX Subsection "Verify - Basic"
|
||
|
|
As a result of the complexity and non-deterministic nature of Verify or
|
||
|
|
Advanced Verify with respect to when scheduled verify tasks may execute, the
|
||
|
|
Basic Verify feature was introduced to provide a more simplistic verify
|
||
|
|
function as an option.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
Basic Verify does not change the current Verify function. But supplies the
|
||
|
|
user a means to specify a preferred day and time for a weekly background verify
|
||
|
|
task to be executed. If the preferred day and time is not specified, a default
|
||
|
|
is provided. The setting is simplier and when a scheduled verify task would
|
||
|
|
run is more deterministic and straight\-forward.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
Before using Basic Verify, it is important to know if your system supports
|
||
|
|
Advanced/Basic Verify. Generally, this is supported in the 9650SE, 9690SA and 9750
|
||
|
|
controllers. If the system does not support Advanced/Basic Verify, you would get
|
||
|
|
the following error:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c2 set verify=advanced
|
||
|
|
\& Error: (CLI:146) Basic/Advanced Verify is not supported for the specified controller.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
The table below summarizes the settings for Basic Verify. It describes the
|
||
|
|
interactions of the commands and the corresponding system response.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 13
|
||
|
|
\& -------------+----------------------+------------------------+------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& Cmd: Unit-> | /cx/ux autoverify=ON | /cx/ux autoverify=OFF | /cx/ux verify=start
|
||
|
|
\& Cmd: Cntlr | | |
|
||
|
|
\& -------------+----------------------+------------------------+------------------------
|
||
|
|
\& /cx verify= | The verify task | The verify task of the | Starts a verify task
|
||
|
|
\& basic | would run according | specified unit with | immediately (regard-
|
||
|
|
\& | to the specified | autoverify=off would | less of autoverify
|
||
|
|
\& | preferred time (if | not run, unless an | setting).
|
||
|
|
\& | none is specified, | on-demand (start veri- |
|
||
|
|
\& | default is used). | fy) command is issued. |
|
||
|
|
\& | | Other units' verify |
|
||
|
|
\& | | tasks may run. |
|
||
|
|
\& -------------+----------------------+------------------------+------------------------
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
To set the background verify task with Basic Verify, specify \fIverify=basic\fR
|
||
|
|
along with the preferred day and time for the verify task to execute:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost> /c3 set verify=basic pref=Fri:23
|
||
|
|
\& Setting /c3 basic verify preferred start time to [Fri, 11:00PM] ... Done.
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
To display the preferred start time and day of the verify task previously set:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 2
|
||
|
|
\& //localhost>> /c0 show verify
|
||
|
|
\& /c0 basic verify weekly preferred start: Friday, 11:00PM
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
The background verify task will run every Friday starting at 11:00 \s-1PM\s0.
|
||
|
|
.SH "RETURN CODE"
|
||
|
|
.IX Header "RETURN CODE"
|
||
|
|
While informative messages are written to standard output, error messages are
|
||
|
|
written to standard error. On success, 0 is returned. On failure 1 is returned.
|
||
|
|
.SH "ERRATA"
|
||
|
|
.IX Header "ERRATA"
|
||
|
|
.Sh "Meta-Character Warning:"
|
||
|
|
.IX Subsection "Meta-Character Warning:"
|
||
|
|
.RS 4
|
||
|
|
If you wish to use \s-1CLI\s0 in single command mode (not interactive), make sure to avoid
|
||
|
|
collision with your command interpreter (\s-1OS\s0 shell) by escaping the meta-characters
|
||
|
|
(such as ?, <, >, @, &, *, etc) appropriately with single quote around them.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
For example, given the
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
$ tw_cli /c0 ?
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
This is a case of single command usage where the user intends to get help on Controller
|
||
|
|
related commands. While this is a valid \s-1CLI\s0 command, but since the arguments to \s-1CLI\s0
|
||
|
|
are first processed by the shell, then some shells like \fIcsh\fR\|(1) will interpret the '?' as
|
||
|
|
a meta-character to be used toward file completion and if no file is found with a single
|
||
|
|
character, then shell will complain before the arguments are even passed down to \s-1CLI\s0.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
One solutions of this problem can be :
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
$ tw_cli help /cx
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
or
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
$ tw_cli '/c0 ?'
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
Note: Some of the \s-1OS\s0 shell does not have this problem such as bash.
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.RE
|
||
|
|
.RS 4
|
||
|
|
.Sh "Reporting Style"
|
||
|
|
.IX Subsection "Reporting Style"
|
||
|
|
\&\fItw_cli\fR\|(8) reporting has changed (hopefully for better). The intent has been to
|
||
|
|
provide a consistent tabular reporting so that relevant and important information
|
||
|
|
(such as \fBinfo\fR) are made available as fast as possible. For example, firmware,
|
||
|
|
\&\s-1PCB\s0, \s-1PCHIP\s0 and similar information have been removed from the info summary report,
|
||
|
|
as this type of information is not frequently needed.
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
The new style also accommodates automation much better by providing consistent
|
||
|
|
columns with or without values so that it could be easily parsed. The intent is
|
||
|
|
to make \s-1CLI\s0 yet another \s-1API\s0 (to approach it).
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
However to accommodate current automations around tw_cli and to ease the migration,
|
||
|
|
the old behavior can still be requested by setting \fB\s-1TW_CLI_STYLE\s0\fR
|
||
|
|
environment variable to \fB\s-1OLD\s0\fR as follows:
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
.Vb 3
|
||
|
|
\& If Bash, then "export TW_CLI_STYLE=OLD"
|
||
|
|
\& If csh, then "setenv TW_CLI_STYLE OLD"
|
||
|
|
\& if Windows, then "set TW_CLI_STYLE=OLD"
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|
||
|
|
.Sp
|
||
|
|
This backward compatibility window, will be communicated by official 3ware representatives.
|
||
|
|
.Sh "Initialization Process Control"
|
||
|
|
.IX Subsection "Initialization Process Control"
|
||
|
|
On the 9K series of controllers, the rebuild scheduling controls both rebuild and
|
||
|
|
initialize processes if it is enabled. Currently, \fItw_cli\fR\|(8)
|
||
|
|
does not have any direct command to pause or resume an initialization process.
|
||
|
|
If such action is needed, use the rebuild scheduling to handle it.
|
||
|
|
.Sh "Environment Variables"
|
||
|
|
.IX Subsection "Environment Variables"
|
||
|
|
\&\s-1TW_CLI_STYLE\s0 setting this variable to \s-1OLD\s0, will provide the old reporting style.
|
||
|
|
\&\s-1TW_CLI_INPUT_STYLE\s0 setting this variable to \s-1OLD\s0, will disable focus feature in the
|
||
|
|
interactive mode.
|
||
|
|
.SH "AUTHOR"
|
||
|
|
.IX Header "AUTHOR"
|
||
|
|
This document was originally written by previous developers of the Command
|
||
|
|
Line Interface (\s-1CLI\s0) software. Since then it has been modified with added
|
||
|
|
terminology and controller model summary information, updated per command
|
||
|
|
usage and output information, and augmented for added support of new
|
||
|
|
commands, features, and controllers, by Marian M. Choy.
|
||
|
|
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||
|
|
.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
|
||
|
|
.Vb 4
|
||
|
|
\& 3ware SAS/SATA RAID Software User Guide
|
||
|
|
\& 3ware SAS+SATA RAID Controller Card CLI Guide
|
||
|
|
\& 3ware Installation Guide
|
||
|
|
\& http://www.3ware.com or http://www.lsi.com/channel
|
||
|
|
.Ve
|